University  of 

Southern  Re] 

Library  Fa] 


^ 


\V\ 


I  I    -  III  -  -         ■  —■■■»■      I  q^'  ™ 


'9sniuy   puv  fznaisuj  ox 


1       'aHoaaiAJLva  v . 

W     ,    ,  ,,         ,         :# 


MM9MMOOS99SOS9MM 


60 


t&&?&Kl?<gi/|£? 


SC8Mft9M988fSM969SS889SS&®att9S9SI 


THE    ROYAL    BATTLEDORE, 

Or,  First  Lessons  for  Children. — Price  2d. 

T  A  facsimile  of  an  original  Battledore  owned  by  the  Boston  Public  Library.  Published  by  The  Horn"! 
LBook,  Inc.,  Boston,  1944,  in  a  second  edition  of  two  thousand  of  which  this  is  Number  J 


?♦* 
B 


I 


<&     O 

P-   O 

*-•  M< 

P-  O 


6*8 


8- 


8- 


§ 


P*  B   o* 

£7.    h-«    »-• 


1 


Cu  5 
O   o 

P    p 


O 


b 

be 

o  ha 

o 

as 


3 


P 
<»    ft 

^    sr 
^    ft 

<     *T 

3 

g°  o 
a 


3f 


*3    ££#  ^to  ££fr  fr^fr 

J*      M%£     •BBrS      §*2      g-3 


O    o 


K 

M 


1  ° 

j  *£  •**  iri  Ja  m4  *rV.»-i  i  a  •»■*  •»»  3  •*■»  N 


95 

O 

to 

s 


K 
o 

09 
00 

W     •"•<    «*H    .f-H 


.8  8-8    .2  Ska     g&e     8«S 


%£  S3 


m 


*>   3 


i 


i 


§s    8 

Is  °  ** 


i 


O  4) 

<-^ 

*  ®  * 

8       • 

•S  °  > 

e  e  * 

2  *4* 

^  — i  g 
«  s  o 

*  ** 

31? 


[jaquin  kj  si  fiqj  qotqM  }0  pucsnoq»  omj  }0  uoqipa  puoDss  «  a;  '**6i  'uojsojf  ''ouj  '^oog"! 
aiOH  'Hi  A  P'H«!i<l"d  -^«wqn  3«iqnd  uojiog  »tp  *q  pauMO  s.«op9[jieg  ieuj*H0  u*}°  9H(Uls:>1!J  V  J 


a 

> 

aj 

i 

25 

m 

© 

*& 

5» 

00 

| 

O 

»"J*/ 

O 

i 


3 

i 


s 


w 

55 


A  BATTLEDORE, 

TO  INSTRUCT  AND   AMUSE. 

Printed  and  Sold  by  C.  Crosbaw,  Pavement,  York. 

PRICE  ONE  PENNY. 


^  Or  PUBLIC  IH8T 

Supt^  C  )il'K:  ■.  Court    I 

THE        ^^ 


ORBIS  PICTUS 


OF 


John  Amos  Comenius. 


This   work    is,  indeed,  the   first   children's  picture  book. 
Encyclopaedia  Britannica,  o/th  Edition,  vi.  182. 


SYRACUSE,    N.  Y.: 
C.  W.  BARDEEN,  PUBLISHER, 

1887. 

Copyright,    1887,  by  C.  W.  Bardeen. 


It  may  not  be  generally  known  that  Comenius  was  once 
solicited  to  become  President  of  Harvard  College.  The  follow- 
ing is  a  quotation  from  Vol.  II,  p.  14,  of  Cotton  Mather's 
Magnalia: 

"That  brave  old  man,  Johannes  Amos  Commenius,  the  fame 
of  whose  worth  has  been  trumpetted  as  far  as  more  than  three 
languages  ^whereof  everyone  is  indebted  unto  his  Janua^  could 
carry  it,  was  indeed  agreed  withal,  by  one  Mr.  Winthrop  in  his 
travels  through  the  low  countries,  to  come  over  to  New  Eng- 
land, and  illuminate  their  Colledge  and  country,  in  the  quality  of 
a  President,  which  was  now  become  vacant.  But  the  solicita- 
tions of  the  Swedish  Ambassador  diverting  him  another  way, 
that  incomparable  Moravian  became  not  an  American." 

This  was  on  the  resignation  of  President  Dunster,  in  1654  — 
Note  of  Prof.  Payne,  Compayre's  History  of  Education, 
Boston,  1886,  p.  125. 


;  v    ■ 

3 

J 


AIL 


Editor's  Preface. 


When  it  is  remembered  that  this  work  is  not  only 
an  educational  classic  of  prime  importance,  but  that 
it  was  the  first  picture-book  ever  made  for  children 
and  was  for  a  century  the  most  popular  text-book  in 
Europe,  and  yet  has  been  for  many  years  unattaina- 
ble on  account  of  its  rarity,  the  wonder  is,  not  that 
it  is  reproduced  now  but  that  it  has  not  been  repro- 
duced before.  But  the  difficulty  has  been  to  find  a 
satisfactory  copy.  Many  as  have  been  the  editions, 
few  copies  have  been  preserved.  It  was  a  book  chil- 
dren were  fond  of  and  wore  out  in  turning  the  leaves 
over  and  over  to  see  the  pictures.  Then  as  the  old 
copper-plates  became  indistinct  they  were  replaced 
by  wood-engravings,  of  coarse  execution,  and  often 
of  changed  treatment.  Von  Raumer  complains  that 
theeditionot  1755  substitutes  for  the  original  cut  of  the 
Soul,  fNo.  43,  as  here  given  J  a  picture  of  an  eye,  and  in 
a  table  the  figures  I.  I.  II.  I.  I.  II.,  and  adds  that  it  is 
difficult  to  recognize  in  this  an  expressive  psycholog- 
ical symbol,  and  to  explain  it.  In  an  edition  I  have, 
published  in  Vienna  in  1779,  this  cut  is  omitted  alto- 
gether, and  indeed  there  are  but  82  in  place  of  the 
157  found  in  earlier  editions,  the  following,  as  num- 
bered in  this  edition,  being  omitted  : 

1,  the  alphabet,  2,  36,  43, 45,  66,  68,  75,  76,  78-80,  87, 
SB,  92-122,  124,  126,  128,  130-141. 

(iii) 


IV  THE    ORBIS   PICTUS. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Vienna  edition  contains  a 
curious  additional  cut.  It  gives  No.  4,  the  Heaven, 
practically  as  in  this  edition,  but  puts  another  cut 
under  it  in  which  the  earth  is  revolving  about  the 
sun  ;  and  after  the  statement  of  Comenius,  "Coe/um  ro- 
tatur,  et  ambit  terram,  in  medio  stantem  "  interpolates  : 
"  prout  veteres  crediderunt;  recentiores  e?iim  defendunt 
motum  terrae  circa  solem  "  [as  the  ancients  used  to  think; 
for  later  authorities  hold  that  the  motion  of  the  earth 
is  about  the  sun.] 

Two  specimen  pages  from  another  edition  are  in- 
serted in  Payne's  Compayre's  History  of  Education 
( between  pp.  126,  127^.  The  cut  is  the  representa- 
tive of  No.  103  in  this  edition,  but  those  who  com- 
pare them  will  see  not  only  how  much  coarser  is  the 
execution  of  the  wood-cut  Prof.  Payne  has  copied, 
but  what  liberties  have  been  taken  with  with  the  de- 
sign. The  only  change  in  the  Latin  text,  however, 
is  from  Designat  Figuras  rerum  in  the  original,  to 
JFiguram  rerum  designat. 

In  this  edition  the  cuts  are  unusually  clear  copies 
of  the  copper-plates  of  the  first  edition  of  1658,  from 
which  we  have  also  taken  the  Latin  text.  The  text 
for  the  English  translation  is  from  the  English  edi- 
tion of  1727,  in  which  for  the  first  time  the  English 
words  were  so  arranged  as  to  stand  opposite  their 
Latin  equivalents. 

The  cuts  have  been  reproduced  with  great  care  by 
the  photographic  process.  I  thought  best  not  to  per- 
mit them  to  be  retouched,  preferring  occasional  in- 
distinctness to  modern  tampering  with  the  originals 
that  would  make  them  less  authentic. 


EDITOR  S    PREFACE.  V 

The  English  text  is  unchanged  from  that  of  the 
1727  edition,  except  in  rare  instances  where  substitu- 
tions have  been  made  for  single  words  not  now  per- 
missible. The  typography  suggests  rather  than  imi- 
tates the  quaintness  of  the  original,  and  the  paper 
was  carefully  selected  to  produce  so  far  as  practica- 
ble the  impression  of  the  old  hand-presses. 

In  short  my  aim  has  been  to  put  within  the  reach 
of  teachers  at  a  moderate  price  a  satisfactory  repro- 
duction of  this  important  book;  and  if  the  sale  of  the 
Orbis  Pictus  seems  to  warrant  it,  I  hope  subsequently 
to  print  as  a  companion  volume  the  Vestibulum  and 
Janua  of  the  same  author,  of  which  I  have  choice 
copies.  C.  W.  Bardeen. 

Syracuse,  Sept.  28,  1887. 


Comments  upon  the  Orbis  Pictus. 


During  four  years  he  here  prosecuted  his  efforts  in 
behalf  of  education  with  commendable  success,  and 
wrote,  among  other  works,  his  celebrated  Orbis  Pic- 
tus, which  has  passed  through  a  great  many  editions,, 
and  survived  a  multitude  of  imitations. — Smith's 
History  of  Education,  N.  Y.,  1842,  p.  129. 

The  most  eminent  educator  of  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury, however,  was  John  Amos  Comenius His 

Orbis  Sensualium  Pictus,  published  in  1657,  enjoyed 
a  still  higher  renown.  The  text  was  much  the  same 
with  the  Janua,  being  intended  as  a  kind  of  element- 
ary encyclopaedia ;  but  it  differed  from  all  previous  text- 
books, in  being  illustrated  with  pictures,  on  copper 
and  wood,  of  the  various  topics  discussed  in  it.  This 
book  was  universally  popular.  In  those  portions  of 
Germany  where  the  schools  had  been  broken  up  by 
the  "  Thirty  years'  war,"  mothers  taught  their  chil- 
dren from  its  pages.  Corrected  and  amended  by 
later  editors,  it  continued  for  nearly  two  hundred 
years,  to  be  a  text-book  of  the  German  schools. — 
History  and  Progress  of  Education,  by  Philobib- 
lius,  N.  Y.,  186c,  p.  210. 

The   "Janua"   would,  therefore,  have   had   but   a 

short-lived  popularity  with  teachers,  and  a  still  shorter 

with  learners,  if  Comenius  had   not  carried  out  his 

(vi) 


COMMENTS    UPON    THE    ORBIS    PICTUS.  Vll 

principle  of  appealing  to  the  senses,  and  called  in  the 
artist.  The  result  was  the  "  Orbis  Pictus,"  a  book 
which  proved  a  favorite  with  young  and  old,  and 
maintained  its  ground  in  many  a  school  for  more 
than  a  century ....  I  am  sorry  I  cannot  give  a  speci- 
men of  this  celebrated  book  with  its  quaint  pictures. 
The  artist,  of  course,  was  wanting  in  the  technical 
skill  which  is  now  commonly  displayed  even  in  the 
cheapest  publications,  but  this  renders  his  deline- 
ations none  the  less  entertaining.  As  a  picture  of 
the  life  and  manners  of  the  seventeeth  century,  the 
work  has  great  historical  interest,  which  will,  I  hope, 
secure  for  it  another  English  edition. — Quick's  Edu- 
cational Reformers,  1868;  Syracuse  edition,  p.   79. 

But  the  principle  on  which  he  most  insisted  is 
that  the  teaching  of  words  and  things  must  go  to- 
gether, hand  in  hand.  When  we  consider  how  much 
time  is  spent  over  new  languages,  what  waste  of 
energy  is  lavished  on  mere  preparation,  how  it  takes 
so  long  to  lay  a  foundation  that  there  is  no  time  to 
lay  a  building  upon  it,  we  must  conclude  that  it  is  in 
the  acceptance  and  development  of  this  principle 
that  the  improvement  of  education  will  in  the  future 
consist.  Any  one  who  attempts  to  inculcate  this 
great  reform  will  find  that  its  first  principles  are  con- 
tained in  the  writings  of  Comenius. — Encyclopae- 
dia Britannica,  9th  edition,  vii.  674. 

The  first  edition  of  this  celebrated  book  was  pub- 
lished at  Nuremberg  in  1657;  soon  after  a  transla- 
tion was  made  into  English  by  Charles  Hoole.  The 
last  English  edition  appeared  in  1777,  and  this  was 
reprinted  in  America  in  1812.     This  was  the  first  il- 


Vlll  THE    ORBIS    PICTUS. 

lustrated  school-book,  and  was  the  first  attempt  at 
what  now  passes  under  the  name  of  "object  lessons.' 
— Short  History  of  Education,  W.  H.  Payne,  Syra- 
cuse, 1881,  p.  103. 

Of  these,  the  "Janua  "  and  the  "Orbis"  were  trans- 
lated into  most  European  and  some  of  the  Oriental 
languages.  It  is  evident  that  these  practices  of  Co- 
menius  contain  the  germs  of  things  afterwards  con- 
nected with  the  names  of  Pestalozzi  and  Stow.  It 
also  may  be  safely  assumed  that  many  methods  that 
are  now  in  practical  use,  were  then  not  unknown  to 
earliest  teachers. — Gill's  Systems  of  Education, 
London,  1876,  p.  13. 

The  more  we  reflect  on  the  method  of  Comenius, 
the  more  we  shall  see  it  is  replete  with  suggestive- 
ness,  and  we  shall  feel  surprised  that  so  much  wis- 
dom can  have  lain  in  the  path  of  schoolmasters  for 
two  hundred  and  fifty  years,  and  that  they  have  never 
stooped  to  avail  themselves  of  its  treasures. — Brown- 
ing's Introduction  to  the  History  of  Educational 
Theories,  1882,  New  York  edition,  p.  67. 

The  "  Orbis  Pictus,"  the  first  practical  application 
of  the  intuitive  method,  had  an  extraordinary  suc- 
cess, and  has  served  as  a  model  for  the  innumerable 
illustrated  books  which  for  three  centuries  have  in- 
vaded the  schools. — Compayre's  History  of  Peda- 
gogy, Payne's  translation,  Boston,  1886,  p.  127. 

He  remained  at  Patak  four  years,  which  were  char- 
acterized by  surprising  literary  activity.  During 
this  short  period  he  produced  no  less  than  fifteen 
different  works,  among  them  his  "World  Illustrated" 
(Orbis  Pictus),  the  most   famous  ot  all  his  writings. 


COMMENTS    UPON    THE    ORBIS    PICTUS.  IX 

It  admirably  applied  the  principle  that  words  and 
things  should  be  learned  together. ..  .The  "World 
Illustrated "  had  an  enormous  circulation,  and  re- 
mained for  a  long  time  the  most  popular  text-book 
in  Europe. — Painter's  History  of  Education,  N.Y., 
1886,  p.  206. 

Or,  si  ce  livre  n'est  qu'un  equivalent  le  la  veri- 
table intuition;  si,  ensuite,  le  contenu  du  tout  parait 
fort  defectueux,  au  point  de  vue  de  la  science  de  nos 
jours;  si,  enfin,  un  effort  exagere  pour  1' integrite 
de  la  conception  de  1'  enfant  a  cree,  pour  les  choses 
modernes,  trop  de  denominations  latines  qui  parais- 
sent  douteuses,  1'  Orbis  pictus  etait  pourtant,  pour  son 
temps,  une  oeuvre  tres  originale  et  tres  spirituelle, 
qui  fit  faire  un  grand  progres  a  la  pedagogie  et  ser- 
vit  longtemps  de  livre  d'  ecole  utile  et  de  modele 
ii  d'  innomorables  livres  d'  images,  souvent  pires. — 
Historie  d' education,  Frederick  Dittes,  Redolfi's 
French  translation,  Paris,  1880,  p.  178. 

Here  Comenius  wrote,  among  others,  his  second 
celebrated  work  the  "  Orbis  Pictus."  He  was  not, 
however,  able  to  finish  it  in  Hungary  for  want  of  a 
skilful  engraver  on  copper.  For  such  a  one  he  car- 
ried it  to  Michael  Endter,  the  bookseller  at  Nurem- 
berg, but  the  engraving  delayed  the  publication  of 
the  book  for  three  years  more.  In  1657  Comenius 
expressed  the  hope  that  it  would  appear  during  the 
next  autumn.  With  what  great  approbation  the 
work  was  received  at  its  first  appearance,  is  shown  by 
the  fact  that  within  two  years,  in  1659,  Endter  had 
published  a   second   enlarged    edition. — Karl   Von 


X  THE    ORBIS   PICTUS. 

Raumer,  translated  in  Barnard's  Journal  of  Educa- 
tion, v.  260. 

The  "  Janua"  had  an  enormous  sale,  and  was  pub- 
lished in  many  languages,  but  the  editions  and  sale 
of  the  "Orbis  Pictus"  far  exceeded  those  of  the 
"  Janua,"  and,  indeed,  for  some  time  it  was  the  most 
popular  text-book  in  Europe,  and  deservedly  so. — 
Laurie's  John  Amos  Comenius,  Boston  edition,  p. 
185. 


Joh.    Amos   Comenii 

Orbis  Sensualium  Pictus 

HOC     EST 

Omnium    principalium    in    Mundo 
Rerum,   &  in  Vita  Actionum, 

PlCTURA    &     NOMENCLATURA 


Joh.   Amos   Comenius's 

VISIBLE  WORLD: 

OR,    A 

Nomenclature,  and  Pictures 

OF    ALL    THE 

Chief  Things  that , are  in  the  World,  and 
of  Mens  Employments  therein ; 

In    above    150    Copper    Cuts. 

WRITTEN 

By  the  Author  in  Latin  and  High  Dutch,  being 

one  of  his  last  Essays  ;  and  the  most  suitable  to  Chil- 

drens  Capacity  of  any  he  hath  hitherto  made. 


Translated    into  English 

By    Charles    Hoole,    M.  A. 

For  the  Use  of  Young  Latin  Scholars. 


The  Eleventh  Edition  Corrected,  and  the  English  made  to 
answer  Word  for  Word  to  the  Latin. 


Nihil  est  in  intellectu,  quod  ?ion prius  fuit  in  sensu.  Arist. 


London;  Printed  for,  and  sold  by  John  and  Benj. 
Sprint,  at  the  Bell  in  Little  Britain,  1728. 


Gen.  ii.   19,  20. 

The  Lord  God  brought  unto  Adam  every  Beast  of 
the  Field,  and  every  Fowl  of  the  Air,  to  see  what  he 
would  call  them.  And  Adam  gave  Names  to  all  Cat- 
tle, and  to  the  Fowl  of  the  Air,  and  to  every  Beast  ot 
the  Field. 

Gen.  ii.   19,  20. 

Adduxit  Dominus  Deus  ad  Adam  cuncta  Ani??iantia  Ter- 
ra, &*  universa  volatilia  Cceli,  ut  videret  quomodo  vocaret 
ilia.  Appellavitque  Adam  Nominilus  suis  cuncta  Animan- 
tia,  6°  universa  volatilia  Cceli,  6°  omnes  Bestias  Agri. 

I.  A.  Comenii  opera  Didactica  par.  1.  p.  6,  Amst. 
1657.  fol. 

Didacticae  nostrae  prora  &  puppis  esto  :  Investigare, 
•&  invenire  modum,  quo  Docentes  minus  doceant,  Dis- 
centes  vero  plus  discant :  Scholae  minus  habeant  Stre- 
pitus,  nauseae,  vani  laboris  ;  plus  autem  otii,  delicia- 
rum,  solidique  profectus :  Respublica  Christiana 
minus  tenebrarum  confusionis  dissidiorum  ;  plus 
lucis,  ordinis,  pacis  &  tranquilitatis. 


The  Author's  Preface  to  the 
Reader. 


Instruction  is  the  means  to  expel  Rudeness,  with  which 
young  wits  ought  to  be  well  furnished  in  Schools: 
But   so,  as  that  the  teaching  be   1.   True,  2.  Full,  3. 
Clear,  and  4.  Solid. 

1.  It  will  be  true,  if  nothing  be  taught  but  such  as 
is  beneficial  to  ones  life ;  lest  there  be  a  cause  of 
complaining  afterwards.  We  know  not  necessary- 
things,  because  we  have  not  learned  things  neces- 
sary. 

2.  It  will  be  full,  if  the  mind  be  polished  for  wis- 
dom, the  tongue  for  eloquence,  and  the  hands  for  a 
neat  way  of  living.  This  will  be  that  grace  of  one's 
life,  to  be  wise,  to  act,  to  speak. 

3.  4.  It  will  be  clear,  and  by  that,  firm  and  solid,  if 
whatever  is  taught  and  learned,  be  not  obscure,  or 
confused,  but  apparent,  distinct,  and  articulate,  as 
the  fingers  on  the  hands. 

The  ground  of  this  business,  is,  that  sensual  ob- 
jects may  be  rightly  presented  to  the  senses,  for  fear 
they  may  not  be  received.  I  say,  and  say  it  again 
aloud,  that  this  last  is  the  foundation  of  all  the  rest : 
because  we  can  neither  act  nor  speak  wisely,  unless 
we  first  rightly  understand  all  the  things  which  are 

(xiii) 


XIV  THE    ORBIS    PICTUS. 

to  be  done,  and  whereof  we  are  to  speak.  Now  there 
is  nothing  in  the  understanding,  which  was  not  be- 
fore in  the  sense.  And  therefore  to  exercise  the 
senses  well  about  the  right  perceiving  the  differences 
of  things,  will  be  to  lay  the  grounds  for  all  wisdom, 
and  all  wise  discourse,  and  all  discreet  actions  in 
ones  course  of  life.  Which,  because  it  is  commonly 
neglected  in  schools,  and  the  things  which  are  to  be 
learned  are  offered  to  scholars,  without  being  under- 
stood or  being  rightly  presented  to  the  senses,  it 
cometh  to  pass,  that  the  work  of  teaching  and  learn- 
ing goeth  heavily  onward,  and  affordeth  little  benefit. 

See  here  then  a  new  help  for  schools,  A  Picture 
and  Nomenclature  of  all  the  chief  things  in  the 
world,  and  of  men's  actions  in  their  way  of  living  : 
Which,  that  you,  good  Masters,  may  not  be  loath  to 
run  over  with  your  scholars,  I  will  tell  you,  in  short, 
what  good  you  may  expect  from  it. 

It  is  a  Utile  Book,  as  you  see,  of  no  great  bulk,  yet 
a  brief  of  the  whole  world,  and  a  whole  language: 
full  of  Pictures,  Nomenclatures,  and  Descriptions  of 
things. 

i.  The  Pictures  are  the  representation  of  all  visible 
things,  (\.o  which  also  things  invisible  are  reduced 
after  their  fashion,)  of  the  whole  world.  And  that  in 
that  very  order  of  things,  in  which  they  are  described 
in  the  Jamici  Latintz  Linguce;  and  with  that  fulness, 
that  nothing  very  necessary  or  of  great  concernment 
is  omitted. 

II.  The  Nofnenclatures  are  the  Inscriptions,  or 
Titles  set  every  one  over  their  own  Pictures,  express- 
ing the  whole  thing  by  its  own  general  term. 


AUTHOR  S    PREFACE.  XV 

III.  The  Descriptions  are  the  explications  of  the 
parts  of  the  Picture,  so  expressed  by  their  own  proper 
terms,  as  that  same  figure  which  is  added  to  every 
piece  of  the  picture,  and  the  term  of  it,  always  shew- 
eth  what  things  belongeth  one  to  another. 

Which  such  Book,  and  in  such  a  dress  may  (I  hope,) 
serve, 

I.  To  entice  witty  children  to  it,  that  they  may 
not  conceit  a  torment  to  be  in  the  school,  but  dainty 
fare.  For  it  is  apparent,  that  children  (even  from 
their  infancy  almost^  are  delighted  with  Pictures, 
and  willingly  please  their  eyes  with  these  lights : 
And  it  will  be  very  well  worth  the  pains  to  have  once 
brought  it  to  pass,  that  scare-crows  may  be  taken 
away  out  of  Wisdom's  Gardens. 

II.  This  same  little  Book  will  serve  to  stir  up  the 
Attention,  which  is  to  be  fastened  upon  things,  and 
even  to  be  sharpened  more  and  more:  which  is  also 
a  great  matter.  For  the  Senses  (being  the  main 
guides  of  childhood,  because  therein  the  mind  doth 
not  as  yet  raise  up  itself  to  an  abstracted  contempla- 
tion of  things,)  evermore  seek  their  own  objects,  and 
if  they  be  away,  they  grow  dull,  and  wry  themselves 
hither  and  thither  out  of  a  weariness  of  themselves  : 
but  when  their  objects  are  present,  they  grow  merry, 
wax  lively,  and  willingly  suffer  themselves  to  be  fas- 
tened upon  them,  till  the  thing  be  sufficiently  dis- 
cerned. This  Book  then  will  do  a  good  piece  of 
service  in  taking  ("especially  flickering/  wits,  and 
preparing  them  for  deeper  studies. 

III. •  Whence  a  third  good  will  follow  ;  that  chil- 
dren being  won  hereunto,  and  drawn  over  with  this 


XVI  THE    ORBIS    PICTUS. 

way  of  heeding,  may  be  furnished  with  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  prime  things  that  are  in  the  world,  by 
sport  and  merry  pastime.  In  a  word,  this  Book  will 
serve  for  the  more  pleasing  using  of  the  Vestibulum 
and  Janua  Zinguarum,  for  which  end  it  was  even  at 
the  first  chiefly  intended.  Yet  if  it  like  any,  that  it 
be  bound  up  in  their  native  tongues  also,  it  prom- 
iseth  three  good  thing  of  itself. 

I.  First  it  will  afford  a  device  for  learning  to  read 
more  easily  than  hitherto,  especially  having  a  sym- 
bolical alphabet  set  before  it,  to  wit,  the  characters 
of  the  several  letters,  with  the  image  of  that  creature, 
whose  voice  that  letter  goeth  about  to  imitate,  pic- 
tur'd  by  it.  For  the  young  Abe  scholar  will  easily 
remember  the  force  of  every  character  by  the  very 
looking  upon  the  creature,  till  the  imagination  being 
strengthened  by  use,  can  readily  afford  all  things; 
and  then  having  looked  over  a  table  of  the  chief  sylla- 
bles also  fwhich  yet  was  not  thought  necessary  to  be 
added  to  this  book  J  he  may  proceed  to  the  viewing 
of  the  Pictures,  and  the  inscriptions  set  over  'em. 
Where  again  the  very  looking  upon  the  thing  pic- 
tured suggesting  the  name  of  the  thing,  will  tell  him 
how  the  title  of  the  picture  is  to  be  read.  And 
thus  the  whole  book  being  gone  over  by  the  bare 
titles  of  the  pictures,  reading  cannot  but  be  learned  ; 
and  indeed  too,  which  thing  is  to  be  noted,  without 
usingany  ordinary  tedious  spelling,  that  mosttrouble- 
some  torture  of  wits,  which  may  wholly  be  avoided 
by  this  method.  For  the  often  reading  over  the 
Book,  by  those  larger  descriptions  of  things,  and 
which  are  set  after  the  Pictures,  will  be  able  per- 
fectly to  beget  a  habit  of  reading. 


AUTHOR  S    PREFACE.  XV11 

II.  The  same  book  being  used  in  English,  in  Eng- 
lish Schools,  will  serve  for  the  perfect  learning  of  the 
whole  English  tongue,  and  that  from  the  bottom;  be- 
cause by  the  aforesaid  descriptions  of  things,  the 
words  and  phrases  of  the  whole  language  are  found 
set  orderly  in  their  own  places.  And  a  short  Eng- 
lish Grammar  might  be  added  at  the  end,  clearly 
resolving  the  speech  already  understood  into  its 
parts;  shewing  the  declining  of  the  several  words, 
and  reducing  those  that  are  joined  together  under 
certain  rules. 

III.  Thence  a  new  benefit  cometh,  that  that  very 
English  Translation  may  serve  for  the  more  ready 
and  pleasant  learning  of  the  Latin  tongue  :  as  one 
may  see  in  this  Edition,  the  whole  book  being  so 
translated,  that  every  where  one  word  answereth  to 
the  word  over  against  it,  and  the  book  is  in  all  things 
the  same,  only  in  two  idioms,  as  a  man  clad  in  a 
double  garment.  And  there  might  be  also  some 
observations  and  advertisements  added  in  the  end, 
touching  those  things  only,  wherein  the  use  of 
the  Latin  tongue  differeth  from  the  English.  For 
where  there  is  no  difference,  there  needeth  no  adver- 
tisement to  be  given.  But,  because  the  first  tasks  of 
learners  ought  to  be  little  and  single,  we  have  filled  this 
first  book  of  training  one  up  to  see  a  thing  of  him- 
self, with  nothing  but  rudiments,  that  is,  with  the 
chief  of  things  and  words,  or  with  the  grounds  of  the 
whole  world,  and  the  whole  language,  and  of  all  our 
understanding  about  things.  If  a  more  perfect  de- 
scription of  things,  and  a  fuller  knowledge  of  a  lan- 
guage, and  a  clearer  light  of  the  understanding  be 

B 


XV111  THE    ORBIS    PICTUS. 

sought  after  fas  they  ought  to  be)  they  are  to  be 
found  somewhere  whither  there  will  now  be  an  easy 
passage  by  this  our  little  Encyclopedia  of  things  sub- 
ject to  the  senses.  Something  remaineth  to  be  said 
touching  the  more  chearful  use  of  this  book. 

I.  Let  it  be  given  to  children  into  their  hands  to 
delight  themselves  withal  as  they  please,  with  the 
sight  of  the  pictures,  and  making  them  as  familiar  to 
themselves  as  may  be,  and  that  even  at  home  before 
they  be  put  to  school. 

II.  Then  let  them  be  examined  ever  and  anon  (es- 
pecially  now  in  the  school,)  what  this  thing  or  that 
thing  is,  and  is  called,  so  that  they  may  see  nothing 
which  they  know  not  how  to  name,  and  that  they 
can  name  nothing  which  they  cannot  shew. 

III.  And  let  the  things  named  them  be  shewed, not 
only  in  the  Picture,  but  also  in  themselves;  for  ex- 
ample, the  parts  of  the  body,  clothes,  books,  the  house, 
utensils,  &c. 

IV.  Let  them  be  suffered  also  to  imitate  the  Pic- 
tures by  hand,  if  they  will,  nay  rather,  let  them  be 
encouraged,  that  they  may  be  willing  :  first,  thus  to 
quicken  the  attention  also  towards  the  things ;  and 
to  observe  the  proportion  of  the  parts  one  towards 
another;  and  lastly  to  practise  the  nimbleness  of  the 
hand,  which  is  good  for  many  things. 

V.  If  anything  here  mentioned,  cannot  be  pre- 
sented to  the  eye,  it  will  be  to  no  purpose  at  all  to 
offer  them  by  themselves  to  the  scholars;  as  colours, 
relishes,  <5rvM  which  cannot  here  be  pictured  out  with 
ink.  For  which  reason  it  were  to  be  wished,  that 
things  rare  and  not  easy  to  be   met   withal  at  home, 


AUTHOR'S   PREFACE.  XIX 

might  be  kept  ready  in  every  great  school,  that  they 
may  be  shewed  also,  as  often  as  any  words  are  to  be 
made  of  them,  to  the  scholars. 

Thus  at  last  this  school  would  indeed  become  a 
school  of  things  obvious  to  tthe  senses,  and  an  en- 
trance to  the  school  intellectual.  But  enough  :  Let 
us  come  to  the  thing  it  self. 


The   Translator,   to    all    judicious 

AND   INDUSTRIOUS   ScHOOL-MaSTERS. 


Gentlemen. 

There  are  a  few  of  you  (I  think,)  but  have  seen, 
and  with  great  willingness  made  use  of  (or  at 
least  perused  J  many  of  the  Books  of  this  ol  this 
well-deserving  Author  Mr.  John  Comenius,  which  for 
their  profitableness  to  the  speedy  attainment  of  a  lan- 
guage, have  been  translated  in  several  countries,  out 
of  Latin  into  their  own  native  tongue. 

Now  the  general  verdict  Rafter  trial  made,)  that  hath 
passed,  touching  those  formerly  extant,  is  this,  that 
they  are  indeed  of  singular  use,  and  very  advanta- 
geous to  those  of  more  discretion,  (^especially  to  such 
as  already  have  a  smattering  of  Latin,)  to  help  their 
memories  to  retain  what  they  have  scatteringly  got- 
ten here  and  there,  to  furnish  them  with  many  words, 
which  ^perhaps,)  they  had  not  formerly  read,  or  so 
well  observed;  but  to  young  children  fwhom  we 
have  chiefly  to  instruct,)  as  those  that  are  ignorant 
altogether  of  things  and  words,  and  prove  rather  a 
meer  toil  and  burthen,  than  a  delight  and  furtherance. 

For  to  pack  up  many  words  in  memory,  of  things 
not  conceived  in  the  mind,  is  to  fill  the  head  with 
empty  imaginations,  and  to   make  the  learner  more 

(XX) 


TRANSLATOR  S    PREFACE.  XXI 

to  admire  the  multitude  and  variety  fand  thereby,  to 
become  discouraged, )  than  to  care  to  treasure  them 
up,  in  hopes  to  gain  more  knowledge  of  what  they 
mean. 

He  hath  therefore  in  some  of  his  latter  works 
seemed  to  move  retrograde,  and  striven  to  come 
nearer  the  reach  of  tender  wits  :  and  in  this  present 
Book,  he  hath,  according  to  my  judgment,  descended 
to  the  very  bottom  of  what  is  to  be  taught,  and  pro- 
ceeded fas  nature  it  self  doth,)  in  an  orderly  way ; 
first  to  exercise  the  senses  well,  by  representing 
their  objects  to  them,  and  then  to  fasten  upon 
the  intellect  by  impressing  the  first  notions  of 
things  upon  it,  and  linking  them  on  to  another 
by  a  rational  discourse.  Whereas  indeed,  we,  gen- 
erally missing  this  way,  do  teach  children  as  we  do 
parrots,  to  speak  they  know  not  what,  nay  which  is 
worse,  we,  taking  the  way  of  teaching  little  ones  by 
Grammar  only  at  the  first,  do  puzzle  their  imagina- 
tions with  abstractive  terms  and  secondary  intentions, 
which  till  they  be  somewhat  acquainted  with  things, 
and  the  words  belonging  to  them,  in  the  language 
which  they  learn,  they  cannot  apprehend  what  they 
mean.  And  this  I  guess  to  be  the  reason,  why  many 
great  persons  do  resolve  sometimes  not  to  put  a 
child  to  school  till  he  be  at  least  eleven  or  twelve 
years  of  age,  presuming  that  he  having  then  taken 
notice  of  most  things,  will  sooner  get  the  knowledge 
of  the  words  which  are  applyed  to  them  in  any  lan- 
guage. But  the  gross  misdemeanor  of  such  children 
for  the  most  part,  have  taught  many  parents  to  be  hasty 
enough  to  send  their  own  to  school,  if  not  that  they 
may  learn,  yet  fat  least,)  that  they  might  be  kept  out 


XX11  THE    ORBIS   PICTUS. 

of  harm's  way;  and  yet  if  they  do  not  profit  for  the 
time  they  have  been  at  school,  fno  respect  at  all  be- 
ing had  for  their  years,)  the  Master  shall  be  sure 
enough  to  bear  the  blame. 

So  that  a  School-master  had  need  to  bend  his  wits 
to  come  within  the  compass  of  a  child's  capacity  of 
six  or  seven  years  of  age  ^seeing  we  have  now  such 
commonly  brought  to  our  Grammar-schools  to  learn 
the  Latin  Tongue,)  and  to  make  that  they  may  learn 
with  as  much  delight  and  willingness,  as  himself 
would  teach  with  dexterity  and  ease.  And  at  pres- 
ent I  know  no  better  help  to  forward  his  young 
scholars  than  this  little  Book,  which  was  for  this 
purpose  contrived  by  the  Author  in  the  German  and 
Latin  Tongues. 

What  profitable  use  may  be  had  thereof,  respecting 
chiefly  that  his  own  country  and  language,  he  him- 
self hath  told  you  in  his  preface;  but  what  use  we 
may  here  make  of  it  in  our  Grammar-schools,  as 
it  is  now  translated  into  English,  I  shall  partly  de- 
clare ;  leaving  all  other  men,  according  to  my  wont, 
to  their  own  discretion  and  liberty,  to  use  or  refuse 
it,  as  they  please.  So  soon  then  as  a  child  can  read 
English  perfectly,  and  is  brought  to  us  to  school  to 
learn  Latin,  I  would  have  him  together  with  his  Ac- 
cidence, to  be  provided  of  this  Book,  in  which  he  may 
at  least  once  a  day  ( beside  his  Accidence,)  be  thus 
exercised. 

I.  Let  him  look  over  the  pictures  with  their  gen- 
eral titles  and  inscriptions,  till  he  be  able  to  turn 
readily  to  any  one  of  them,  and  to  tell  its  name 
either  in  English  or  Latin.     By  this  means  he  shall 


TRANSLATOR  S   PREFACE.  XX111 

have  the  method  of  the  Book  in  his  head ;  and  be 
easily  furnished  with  the  knowledge  of  most  things; 
and  instructed  how  to  call  them,  when  at  any  time 
he  meeteth  with  them  elsewhere,  in  their  real  forms. 

II.  Let  him  read  the  description  at  large:  First  in 
English,  and  afterward  in  Latin,  till  he  can  readily 
read,  and  distinctly  pronounce  the  words  in  both 
Languages,  ever  minding  how  they  are  spelled.  And 
withal,  let  him  take  notice  of  the  figures  inserted,  and 
to  what  part  of  the  picture  they  direct  by  their  like 
till  he  be  well  able  to  find  out  every  particular  thing 
of  himself,  and  to  name  it  on  a  sudden,  either  in  Eng- 
lish or  Latin.  Thus  he  shall  not  only  gain  the  most 
primitive  words,  but  be  understandingly  grounded 
in  Orthography,  which  is  a  thing  too  generally  neg- 
lected by  us;  partly  because  our  English  schools 
think  that  children  should  learn  it  at  the  Latin,  and 
our  Latin  schools  suppose  they  have  already  learn'd 
it  at  the  English;  partly,  because  our  common  Gram- 
mar is  too  much  defective  in  this  part,  and  scholars  so 
little  exercised  therein,  that  they  pass  from  schools  to 
the  Universities  and  return  from  thence  fsome  of 
them,)  more  unable  to  write  true  English,  than  either 
Latin  or  Greek.  Not  to  speak  of  our  ordinary  Trades- 
men, many  of  whom  write  such  false  English,that  none 
but  themselves  can  interpret  what  they  scribble  in 
their  bills  and  shop-books. 

III.  Then  let  him  get  the  Titles  and  Descriptions 
by  heart,  which  he  will  more  easily  do,  by  reason  of 
these  impressions  which  the  viewing  of  the  pictures 
hath  already  made  in  his  memory.  And  now  let  him 
also  learn,  1.  To  construe,  or  give  the  words  one  by 


XXIV  THE    ORBIS    PICTUS. 

one,  as  they  answer  one  another  in  Latin  and  Eng- 
lish. 2.  To  Parse,  according  to  the  rules,  ( which  I 
presume  by  this  time,)  he  hath  learn'd  in  the  first 
part  of  his  Accidence;  where  I  would  have  him  tell 
what  part  of  Speech  any  word  is,  and  then  what  ac- 
cidents belong  to  it;  but  especially  to  decline  the 
nouns  and  conjugate  the  verbs  according  to  the  Ex- 
amples in  his  Rudiments;  and  this  doing  will  enable 
him  to  know  the  end  and  use  of  his  Accidence.  As 
for  the  Rules  of  Genders  of  Nouns,  and  the  Praeter- 
perfect-tenses  and  Supines  of  Verbs,  and  those  of 
Concordance  and  Construction  in  the  latter  part  of 
the  Accidence,  I  would  not  have  a  child  much 
troubled  with  them,  till  by  the  help  of  this  Book  he 
can  perfectly  practise  so  much  of  Etymology,  as  con- 
cerns the  first  part  of  his  Accidence  only.  For  that, 
and  this  book  together,  being  thoroughly  learn'd  by 
at  least  thrice  going  them  over,  will  much  prepare 
children  to  go  chearfully  forward  in  their  Grammar 
and  School-Authors,  especially,  if  whilst  they  are 
employed  herein,  they  be  taught  also  to  write  a  fair 
and  legible  hand. 

There  is  one  thing  to  be  given  notice  of,  which  I 
wish  could  have  been  remedied  in  this  Translation ; 
that  the  Book  being  writ  in  high-Dutch  doth  express 
many  things  in  reference  to  that  Country  and  Speech, 
which  cannot  without  alteration  of  some  Pictures  as 
well  as  words  be  expressed  in  ours :  for  the  Symbol- 
ical Alphabet  is  fitted  for  German  children  rather 
than  for  ours.  And  whereas  the  words  of  that  Lan- 
guage go  orderly  one  for  one  with  the  Latin,  our 
English  propriety  of  Speech  will  not  admit  the  like. 
Therefore  it  will  behove  those   Masters  that   intend 


TRANSLATOR  S    PREFACE.  XXV 

to  make  use  of  this  Book,  to  construe  it  verbatim  to 
their  young  Scholars,  who  will  quickly  learn  to  do 
it  of  themselves,  after  they  be  once  acquainted  with 
the  first  words  of  Nouns,  and  Verbs,  and  their  man- 
ner of  variation. 

Such  a  work  as  this,  I  observe  to  have  been  form- 
erly much  desired  by  some  experienced  Teachers, 
and  I  my  self  had  some  years  since  ^whilst  my  own 
Child  lived,)  begun  the  like,  having  found  it  most 
agreeable  to  the  best  witted  Children,  who  are  most 
taken  up  with  Pictures  from  their  Infancy,  because 
by  them  the  knowledge  of  things  which  they  seem  to 
represent  fand  whereof  Children  are  as  yet  ignor- 
ant,) are  most  easily  conveyed  to  the  Understanding. 
But  for  as  much  as  the  work  is  now  done,  though  in 
some  things  not  so  completely  as  it  were  to  be  wished, 
I  rejoyce  in  the  use  of  it,  and  desist  in  my  own  under- 
takings for  the  present.  And  because  any  good  thing 
is  the  better,  being  the  more  communicated;  I  have 
herein  imitated  a  Child  who  is  forward  to  impart  to 
others  what  himself  has  well  liked.  You  then  that 
have  the  care  of  little  Children,  do  not  much  trouble 
their  thoughts  and  clog  their  memories  with  bare 
Grammar  Rudiments,  which  to  them  are  harsh  in 
getting,  and  fluid  in  retaining;  because  indeed  to 
them  they  signifie  nothing,  but  a  mere  swimming 
notion  of  a  general  term,  which  they  know  not  what 
it  meaneth,  till  they  comprehend  particulars,  but  by 
this  or  the  like  subsidiary,  inform  them,  first  with 
some  knowledge  of  things  and  words  wherewith  to 
express  them,  and  then  their  Rules  of  speaking  will 
be  better  understood  and  more  firmly  kept  in  mind. 
Else  how  should  a  Child  conceive  what  a  Rule  mean- 


XXVI  THE    ORBIS   PICTUS. 

eth,  when  he  neither  knoweth  what  the  Latin  word  im- 
porteth,  nor  what  manner  of  thing  it  is  which  is  sig- 
nified to  him  in  his  own  native  Language,  which  is 
given  him  thereby  to  understand  the  Rule?  For 
Rules  consisting  of  generalities,  are  delivered  fas  I 
may  say,)  at  a  third  hand,  presuming  first  the  things, 
and  then  the  words  to  be  already  apprehended  touch- 
ing which  they  are  made.  I  might  indeed  enlarge 
upon  this  Subject,  it  being  the  very  Basis  of  our  Pro- 
fession, to  search  into  the  way  of  Childrens  taking 
hold  by  little  and  little  of  what  we  teach  them,  that 
so  we  may  apply  ourselves  to  their  reach :  But  I 
leave  the  observation  thereof  to  your  own  daily  exer- 
cise, and  experience  got  thereby. 

And  I  pray  God,  the  fountain  and  giver  of  all  wis- 
dom, that  hath  bestowed  upon  us  this  gift  of  Teach- 
ing, so  to  inspire  and  direct  us  by  his  Grace,  that 
we  may  train  up  Children  in  his  Fear  and  in  the 
knowledge  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord  ;  and 
then  no  doubt  our  teaching  and  their  learning  of  other 
things  subordinate  to  these,  will  by  the  assistance  of 
his  blessed  Spirit  make  them  able  and  willing  to  do 
him  faithful  Service  both  in  Church  and  Common- 
wealth, as  long  as  they  live  here,  that  so  they  may  be 
eternally  blessed  with  him  hereafter.  This,  I  beseech 
you,  beg  for  me  and  mine,  as  I  shall  daily  do  for 
you  and  yours,  at  the  throne  of  God's  heavenly  grace ; 
and  remain  while  I  live 

Ready  to  serve  you,  as  I  truly  love  and  honour  your 
and  labour  willingly  in  the  same  Profession  with 
you,  CHARLES  HOOLE. 

From  my  School,  in 

Lothbury,  London,  Jan.  25,  1658. 


TRANSLATORS    PREFACE.  XXV11 

N.  B.  Those  Heads  or  Descriptions  which  concern 
things  beyond  the  present  apprehension  of  Children's 
wits,  as,  those  of  Geography,  Astronomy,  or  the  like, 
I  would  have  omitted,  till  the  rest  be  learned,  and  a 
Child  be  better  able  to  understand  them. 

The  Judgment  of  Mr.  Hezekiah  Woodward,  some- 
times an  eminent  Schoolmaster  in  LONDON,  touching 
a  work  of  this  Nature  •  in  his  Gate  to  Science,  chap.  2. 
pertain ly  the  use  of  Images  or  ^Representations  is  great ; 

If  we  could  make  our  words  as  legible  to  Children 
as  Pictures  are,  their  information  therefrom  would 
be  quickned  and  surer.  But  so  we  cannot  do,  though 
we  must  do  what  we  can.  And  if  we  had  Books, 
wherein  are  the  Pictures  of  all  Creatures,  Herbs, 
Beasts,  Fish,  Fowls,  they  would  stand  us  in  great 
stead.  For  Pictures  are  the  most  intelligible  Books 
that  Children  can  look  upon.  They  come  closest  to 
Nature,  nay,  saith  Scaliger,  Art  exceeds  her. 


An  Advertisement  Concerning  this 
Edition. 


AS  there  are  some  considerable  Alterations  in  the 
present  Edition  of  this  Book  from  the  former, 
it  may  be  expected  an  Account  should  be  given 
of  the  Reasons  for  them.  'Tis  certain  from  the 
Author's  Words,  that  when  it  was  first  published, 
which  was  in  Latin  and  Hungary,  or  in  Latin  and 
High-Dutch;  every  where  one  word  answer'd  to  an- 
other over-against  it :  This  might  have  been  observ'd 
in  our  English  Translation,  which  wou'd  have  fully 
answer'd  the  design  of  COMENIUS,  and  have  made 
the  Book  much  more  useful:  But  Mr.  Hoole,  (whether 
out  of  too  much  scrupulousness  to  disturb  the  Words 
in  some  places  from  the  order  they  were  in,  or  not 
sufficiently  considering  the  Inconveniences  of  having 
the  Latin  and  English  so  far  asunder)  has  made  them 
so  much  disagree,  that  a  Boy  has  sometimes  to  seek 
7  or  8  lines  off  for  the  corresponding  Word;  which 
is  no  small  trouble  to  Young  Learners  who  are  at 
first  equally  unacquainted  with  all  Words,  in  a  Lan- 
guage they  are  strangers  to,  except  it  be  such  as  have 
Figures  of  Reference,  or  are  very  like  in  sound  ;  and 
thus  may  perhaps,  innocently  enough  join  an  Adverb 
in  one  Tongue,  to  a  Noun  in  the  other  ;  whence  may 
(  xxviii) 


AN     ADVERTISEMENT,    &C.  Xxix 

appear  the  Necessity  of  the  Translation's  being  ex- 
actly literal,  and  the  two  Languages  fairly  answering 
one  another,  Line  for  Line. 

If  it  be  objected,  such  a  thing  cou'd  not  be  done 
(considering  the  difference  of  the  Idioms)  without 
transplacing  Words  here  and  there,  and  putting  them 
into  an  order  which  may  not  perhaps  be  exactly 
classical;  it  ought  to  be  observed,  this  is  design'dfor 
Boys  chiefly,  or  those  who  are  just  entering  upon  the 
Latin  Tongue,  to  whom  every  thing  ought  to  be 
made  as  plain  and  familiar  as  possible,  who  are  not, 
at  their  first  beginning,  to  be  taught  the  elegant 
placing  of  Latin,  nor  from  such  short  Sentences  as 
these,  but  from  Discourses  where  the  Periods  have  a 
fuller  Close.  Besides,  this  way  has  already  taken 
(according  to  the  Advice  of  very  good  Judges,)  in 
some  other  School-Books  of  Mr.  Hoole's  translating, 
and  found  to  succeed  abundantly  well. 

Such  Condescensions  as  these,  to  the  capacities  of 
young  Learners  are  certainly  very  reasonable,  and 
wou'd  be  most  agreeable  to  the  Intentions  of  the 
Ingenious  and  worthy  Author,  and  his  design  to  suit 
whatever  he  taught,  to  their  manner  of  apprehending 
it.  Whose  Excellency  in  the  art  of  Education  made 
him  so  famous  all  over  Europe,  as  to  be  solicited  by 
several  States  and  Princes  to  go  and  reform  the 
Method  of  their  Schools ;  and  whose  works  carried 
that  Esteem,  that  in  his  own  Life-time  some  part  of 
them  were  not  only  translated  into  12  of  the  usual 
Languages  of  Europe,  but  also  into  the  Arabic,  Turk- 
ish, Persian,  and  Mogolic  (the  common  Tongue  of  all 
that  part  of  the  East-Indies')  and   since  his  death,  into 


XXX  THE    ORBIS   PICTUS. 

the  Hebrew,  and  some  others.  Nor  did  they  want 
their  due  Encouragement  here  in  England,  some  Years 
ago;  'till  by  an  indiscreet  use  of  them,  and  want  of  a 
thorow  acquaintance  with  his  Method,  or  unwilling- 
ness to  part  from  their  old  road,  they  began  to  be 
almost  quite  left  off:  Yet  it  were  heartily  to  be 
wish'd,  some  Persons  of  Judgment  and  Interest, 
whose  Example  might  have  an  influence  upon  others, 
and  bring  them  into  Reputation  again,  wou'd  revive 
the  COMENIAN  METHOD,  which  is  no  other,  than 
to  make  our  Scholars  learn  with  Delight  and  chear- 
fulness,  and  to  convey  a  solid  and  useful  Knowledge 
of  Things,  with  that  of  Languages,  in  an  easy,  natural 
and  familiar  way.  Didactic  Works  (as  they  are  now 
collected  into  one  volume)  for  a  speedy  attaining  the 
Knowledge  of  Things  and  Words,  join'd  with  the 
Discourses  of  Mr.  Lock*  and  2  or  3  more  out  of  our 
own  Nation,  for  forming  the  Mind  and  settling  good 
Habits,  may  doubtless  be  look'd  upon  to  contain  the 
most  reasonable,  orderly,  and  completed  System  of 
the  Art  of  Education,  that  can  be  met  with. 

Yet,  alas  !  how  few  are  there,  who  follow  the  way 
they  have  pointed  out  ?  tho'  every  one  who  seriously 
considers  it,  must  be  convinc'd  of  the  Advantage  ; 
and  the  generality  of  Schools  go  on  in  the  same  old 
dull  road,  wherein  a  great  part  of  Children's  time  is 
lost  in  a  tiresome  heaping  up  a  Pack  of  dry  and  un- 
profitable,  or  pernicious    Notions  (for  surely    little 

*Mr.  Lock's^Essay  upon  Education. 

Dr.  Tabor's  Christain  Schoolmaster. 

Dr.  Ob.  Walker  of  Education. 

Mr.  Monro's  Essay  on  Education. 

— His  just  Measures  of  the  pious  Institutions  of  Youth,  &c 


AN    ADVERTISEMENT,    &C.  XXXI 

better  can  be  said  of  a  great  part  of  that  Heathenish 
stuff  they  are  tormented  with  ;  like  the  feeding  them 
with  hard  Nuts,  which  when  they  have  almost  broke 
their  teeth  with  cracking,  they  find  either  deaf  or  to 
contain  but  very  rotten  and  unwholesome  Kernels) 
whilst  Things  really  perfected  of  the  understanding, 
and  useful  in  every  state  of  Life,  are  left  unregarded, 
to  the  Reproach  of  our  Nation,  where  all  other  Arts 
are  improved  and  flourish  well,  only  this  of  Educa- 
tion of  Youth  is  at  a  stand ;  as  if  that,  the  good  or  ill 
management  of  which  is  of  the  utmost  consequence 
to  all,  were  a  thing  not  worth  any  Endeavors  to  im- 
prove it,  or  was  already  so  perfect  and  well  executed 
that  it  needed  none,  when  many  of  the  greatest 
Wisdom  and  Judgment  in  several  Nations,  have  with 
a  just  indignation  endeavor'd  to  expose  it,  and  to 
establish  a  more  easy  and  useful  way  in  its  room. 

'Tis  not  easy  to  say  little  on  so  important  a  subject, 
but  thus  much  may  suffice  for  the  present  purpose. 
The  Book  has  merit  enough  to  recommend  it  self  to 
those  who  know  how  to  make  a  right  use  of  it.  It  was 
reckon'd  one  of  the  Author's  best  performances  ;  and 
besides  the  many  Impressions  and  Translations  it  has 
had  in  parts  beyond  Sea,  has  been  several  times  re- 
printed here.  It  was  endeavor'd  no  needless  Altera- 
tions shou'd  be  admitted  in  this  Edition,  and  as  little 
of  any  as  cou'd  consist  with  the  design  of  making  it 
plain  and  useful;  to  shun  the  offence  it  might  give 
to  some;  and  only  the  Roman  and  Italic  Character 
alternately  made  use  of,  where  transplacing  of  Words 
cou'd  be  avoided. 

London,  J.  H. 

July  13,  1727. 


(I) 


Orbis  Sensualium  Pictus, 

A  World  of  Things  Obvious   to  the 
Senses  drawn  in  Pictures. 


Invitation. 


Invitatio. 


The  Master  and  the  Boy. 


Magister  6°  Puer. 


M.  Pome,  Boy,  learn    to'M.  "yeni,   Puer,  disce  sa- 
.  be  wise.  pere. 

P.  What  doth  this  mean,  j      P.  Quid  hoc  est,  Sapere? 
to  be  wise  ? 


M.  To  understand  right- 


iy. 


M.  Intelligere  recte, 


ro 


to  do  rightly,  and  to  speak 
out  rightly  all  that  are 
necessary. 

P.  Who  will  teach  me 
this? 

M.  I,  by  God's  help. 

P.     How  ? 

M.  I  will  guide  thee 
thorow  all. 

I  will  shew  thee  all, 

I  will  name  thee  all. 

P.  See,  here  I  am ;  lead 
me  in  the  name  of  God. 

M.  Before  all  things, 
thou  oughtest  to  learn  the 
plain  sounds,  of  which 
man's  speech  consisteth; 
which  living  creatures 
know  how  to  make,  and 
thy  Tongue  knoweth  how 
to  imitate,  and  thy  hand  can 
picture  out. 

Afterwards  we  will  go 
into  the  World,  and  we  will 
view  all  things. 

Here  thou  hast  a  lively 
and  Vocal  Alphabet. 


agere  recte,  et  eloqui  recte 
omnia  necessaria. 

P.  Quis  docebit  me  hoc? 

M.  Ego,  cum  DEO. 

P.  Quomodo  ? 

M.  Ducam  te  per 
omnia. 

Ostendam  tibi  omnia. 

Nominabo  tibi  omnia. 

P.  En,  adsum ;  due  me 
in  nomine  DEI. 

M.  Ante  omnia,  debes 
discere  simplices  Sonos  ex 
quibus  Sermo  humanus 
constat;  quos  Animalia 
sciunt  formare,  &  tua  Lin- 
gua scit  imitari,  &  tua 
Mantes  potest  pingere. 


Postea  ibimus  Mundum, 
&  spectabimus  omnia. 

Hie  habes  vivum  et  vo- 
cale  Alphabetum. 


(z) 


Cornix  cornicatur, 
The  Crow  crieth. 


a  a 


Agnus  balat,  b  e  e  h 

The  Lamb  blaiteth. 

Cicada  stridet,  ci  ci 

The  Grasshopper  chirpeth. 

Upupa  dicit,  du  du 

The  Whooppoo  saith. 

Infans  ejulat,  e  e  e 

The  Infant  crieth. 


Ventus  flat, 

The  Wind  bloweth. 


fi  fi 


Anser  gingrit,  ga  ga 

The  Goose  gagleth. 

Os  halat,  ha'h  ha'h 

The  Mouth  breatheth  out. 

Mus  mintrit,  i  i  i 

The  Mouse  chirpeth. 

Anas  tetrinnit,     kha,  kha 
The  Duck  quaketh. 

Lupus  ululat,  lu  ulu 

The  JT*// howleth. 

[mum 
Ursus  murmurat,  mum- 
The  Bear  grumbleth. 


A  a 

Bb 

Cc 

D  d 

E  e 

Ff 

Gg 

Hh 

I  i 

K  k 

L 

M 


(\) 


Felis  clamat,  nau  nau 

The  Cat  crieth. 


Auriga  clamat, 
The  Carter  crieth. 


ooo 


Pullus  pipit,  pi  pi 

The  Chicken  peepeth. 

Cilculus  cuculat,      kuk  ku 
The  cuckow  singeth. 

Cards  ringitur,  err 

The  dog  grinneth. 

Serpens  sibilat,  si 

The  Serpent  hisseth. 

Graculus  clamat,      tac  tac 
The  Jay  crieth. 


Bubo  ululat, 
The  6>7i//hooteth. 


n  n 


Lepus  vagit,  va 

The  Hare  squeaketh. 

Rana  coaxat,  coax 

The  Frog  croaketh. 

Asinus  rudit,  y  y  y 

The  Asse  brayeth. 

Tabanus  dicit,  ds  ds 

The  Breeze  or  Horze-flie 
saith. 


N  n 
O  o 
Pp 

Qq 

R  r 

S  s 

T  t 

U  u 

W  w 

X  x 

Yy 
Zz 


God 


(  S) 
II. 


Deus. 


God  is  of  himself  from 
everlasting  to  everlasting. 

A    most    perfect   and  a 
most  blessed  Being. 

In  his  Essence  Spiritual, 
and  One. 

In  his  Persona/ity,Thvee. 

In  his  Will,  Holy,  Just, 
Merciful  and  True. 

In  his  Power  very  great. 

In    his     Goodness,    very 
good. 

In  his  Wisdom,  unmeas- 
urable. 

A  Light  inaccessible ; 
and  yet  all  in  all. 

Every    where,    and    no 
where. 


Deus  est   ex  seipso,  ab 
aeterno  in  aeternum. 

Perfectissimum  &  beatis- 
simum  Ens. 

Essentia  Spiritualis  & 
unus. 

Hypostasi  Trinus. 

Voluntate,  Sanctus,  Just- 
us, Clemens,  Verax. 

Potentid  maximus. 

Bonitate  Optimus. 

Sapientia,  immensus. 

Lux  inaccessa; 
&  tamen  omnia  in  omni- 
bus. 

Ubique  &  nullibi. 


(S) 


The  chiefest  Good,  and 
the  only  and  inexhausted 
Fountain  of  all  good 
things. 

As  the  Creator,  so  the 
Governour  and  Preserver  of 
all  things,  which  we  call 
the    World. 


Summum  Bonum,  et  so- 
lus et  inexhaustus  Fons 
omnium  Bonorum. 

Ut  Creator,  ita  Guberna- 
tor  et  Conservator  omnium 
rerum,quas  vocamus  Mun- 
dum. 


The  World. 


III. 


Mundus. 


The  Heaven,  1 . 
hath  Fire,  and  Stars. 

The  Clouds,  z. 
hang  in  the  Air. 

Birds,  3. 
fly  under  the  Clouds. 

Fishes,  4. 
swim  in  the  Water. 

The  Earth  hath  Bills,  5. 
Woods,  6.  Fields,  7. 
Beasts,  8.  and  Men,  9. 


Ccelum,  1. 
habet  Ignem  &°  Stellas. 

Nubes,  2. 
pendent  in  Aere. 

Aves,  3. 
volant  sub  nubibus. 

Pisces,  4. 
natant  in  Aqua. 

Terra  habet  Montes,  5. 
Sylvas,  6.     Campos,  7. 
Animalia,  8.     Homiius,  9. 


(7  ) 

Thus  the  greatest  Bodies  i      Ita  maxima  Corpora 
of  the  World,  the  four  Ele-    Mundi,  quatuor  Elementa, 
merits,  are  full  of  their  own    sunt  plena  Habitatoribus 
Inhabitants.  suis. 


The  Heaven. 


IV. 


Ccelum. 


The  Heaven,  i. 
is  wheeled  about,  and 
encompasseth  the  Earthy. 
standing  in  the  middle. 

The  Sun,  3. 
wheresoever  it  is,  shineth 
perpetually,    howsoever 
dark  Clouds,  4. 
may  take  it  from  us; 
and  causeth  by  his  Rays,  5. 
Light,  and  the 
Light,  Day, 

On  the  other  side,  over 
against  it,  is  Darkness,  6. 
and  thence  Night. 


Ccelum,  1. 
rotatur,  & 
ambit  Terrain,  2. 
stantem  in  medio. 

Sol,  3. 
ubi  ubi  est,  fulget 
perpetuo,  ut  ut  densa 
Nubila,  4. 

eripiant  eum  a  nobis; 
facitque  suis  Radiis,  5. 
Lucent,  Lux  Diem. 

Ex  opposito,  sunt  Tene- 
brce,  6.  inde  Nox. 


rs; 


In  the  Night 
shineth  the  Moon,  7. 
and  the  Stars,  8. 
glister  and  twinkle. 

In  the  Evening,  9. 
is  Twilight: 

In  the  Morning,  10. 
the  breaking,  and 
dawning  of  the  Day. 


Nocte 
splendet  Luna,  7. 
&  Stellas,  8. 
micant,  scintillant. 

Vesperi,  9. 
est  Crepusculum: 

Mane  Aurora,  10. 
&  Diluculum. 


Fire. 


V. 


Ignis. 


The  i^Vvgloweth,  burn- 
etii and  consumeth  to 
ashes. 

A  spark  of  it  struck  out 
of  a  Flint  (or  Firestone), 2. 
by  means  of  a  Steel,  1. 
and  taken  by  Tynder  in 
a  Tynder-box,  3. 
lighteth  a  Match,  4. 
and  after  that  a  Candle,  5. 


Ignis  ardet, 
urit,  cremat. 

Scintilla  ejus  elisa 
e  Silice,  (Pyrite)  2. 
Ope  Chalybis,  1. 
et  excepta  a  Fomite 
in  Suscitabulo,  3. 
accendit  Sulphuratum,  4. 
et  inde  Candelam,  5. 


(9) 


or  stick,  6. 

and  causeth  a  flame,  7. 

or  blaze,  8. 

which  catcheth  hold  of 

the  Houses. 

Smoak,  9. 
ascendeth  therefrom, 
which,  sticking  to  the 
Chimney,  10. 
turneth  into  Soot. 

Of  a  Fire-brand, 
(or  burning  stick) 
is  made  a  Brand,  1 ). 
(or  quenched  stick). 

Of  a  hot  Coal 
(red  hot  piece 
of  a  Fire-brand) 
is  made  a  Coal,  12. 
(or  a  dead  Cinder). 

That  which  remaineth, 
is  at  last  Ashes,  13. 
and  Embers  (or  hot  Ashes), 


vel  Lignum,  6. 

et  excitat  Flammam,  7. 

vel  Incendium,  8. 

quod  corripit 

/E  dificia. 

Fumus,  9. 
ascendit  inde, 
qui,  adhaerans 
Camino,  10. 
abit  in  Fuliginem. 

Ex  Torre, 
(ligno  ardente,) 
fit  Titio,  11. 
(lignum  extinctum.) 

Ex  Pruna, 
(candente  particula 
Torris,) 
fit  Car  bo,  12. 
{Particula  mortua.) 

Quod  remanet, 
tandem  est  Cinis,  13. 
&  Favilla  (ardens  Cinis.) 


Aer. 


A  cool  Air,  i. 
breatheth  gently. 

The  Wind>  2. 
bloweth  strongly. 

A  Storm,  3. 
throweth  down  Trees. 

A   Whirl-wind,  4. 
turneth  it  self  in  a  round 
compass. 

A  Wind  under  Ground,*,. 
causeth  an  Earthquake. 

An  Earthquake  causeth 
gapings  of  the  Earth, 
(and  falls  of  Houses.)  6. 


Aura,  1. 
spirat  leniter. 

Ventus,  2. 
flat  valide. 

Procella,  3. 
sternit  Arbores. 

Turbo,  4. 
agit  se  in  gyrum. 

Ventus  subterraneus,  5. 
excitat  Terra  motum. 

Terrae  motus  facit 
Labes  (&  ruinas.)  6. 


The  Water. 


r  ii ; 

VII. 


Aqua. 


The  Water  springeth 
out  of  a  Fountain,  1 . 
fioweth  downwards 
in  a  Brook,  2. 
runneth  in  a  Beck,  3. 
standeth  in  a  Bond,  4. 
glideth  in  a  Stream,  5. 
is  whirled  about 
in  a  Whirl- pit,  6. 
and  causeth  Fens,  7. 

The  .tf/z/<rr  hath  Banks,  8. 

The  .SVa  maketh  Shores,^. 
Bays,  10.  Capes,  11. 
Islands,  12.  Almost  Islands, 
13.  Necks  of  Land,  14. 
Straights,  15. 
and  hath  in{it  Bocks,  16. 


./^tffl  scatet 
e  Fonte,  1. 
defluit 

in  Tor  rente,  2. 
manat  in  iZ/W,  3. 
stat  in  Stagno,  4. 
fiuit  in  Flumine,  5. 
gyratur 
in  Vortice,  6. 
&  facit  Faludes,  7. 

Flumen  habet  Ripas. 

Mare  facit  Littora,  9. 
Sinus,  10.  Fromontoria,  n 
Insula*,  12.  Beninsulas,  13. 
Isthmos,  14. 
Freta,  15. 
&  habet  Scopulos,  16. 


The  Clouds. 


(12) 

VIII. 


Nubes. 


A  Vapour,  i.  ascendeth 
from  the  Water. 

From  it  a  Cloud,  2. 
is  made,  and  a  white  Mist, 
3.  near  the  Earth. 

Rain,  4. 
and  a  small  Shower  distil- 
leth  out  of  a  Cloud,  drop 
by  drop. 

Which  being  frozen,  is 
Hail,  5.  half  frozen  is  Snow, 
6.  being  warm  is  Mel-dew. 

In  a  rainy  Cloud, 
set  over  against  the  Sun 
the  Rainbow,  7.   appeareth. 

A  drop  falling  into  the 
water  maketh  a  Bubble,  8. 
many  Bubbles  make 
froth,  9. 

Frozen  Water  is  called 
Ice,  10. 
Dezv  congealed, 


Vapor,  1.  ascendit  ex 
Aqua. 

Inde  Nubes,  2. 
fit,  et  Nebula,  3. 
prope  terram. 

Rluvia,  4. 
et  Imber, 
stillat  e  Nube, 
guttatim. 

Quae  gelata,  Grando,  5. 
semigelata,  Nix,  6. 
calefacta,  Rubigo  est. 

In  nube  pluviosa,  oppo- 
sita  soli  Iris,  7.  apparet. 

Gutta  incidens  in  aquam, 
facit  Bullam,  8. 
multae  Bullce  faciunt 
spumam,  9. 

Aqua  congelata 
Glacies,  10. 
Ros  congelatus, 


(  i3  ) 


is  called  a  white  Frost. 
Thunder  is  made  of  a 
brimstone-like  vapour, 
which  breaking  out  of  a 
Cloud,  with  Lightning,  n. 
thundereth  and  striketh 
with  lightning. 


dicitur  Pruina. 
Tonitru  fit  ex 
Vapor e  sulphureo, 
quod  erumpens  o  Nube 
cum  Fulgure,  1 1. 
tonat  &  fulminat. 


The  Earth. 


IX. 


Terra. 


In  the  Earth  are 
high  Mountains,  1. 
Deep  V allies,  2. 
Hills  rising,  3. 
Hollow  Caves,  4. 
Plain  Fields,  5. 
Shady  Woods,  6. 


In  Terra  sunt 
Alti  Monte s,  1. 
Profundae  valles,   2. 
Elevati  Colles,  3. 
cavae  Speluncae,  4. 
Plani  campi,  5. 
Opacoe  Sylvae,  6. 


The  Fruits  of  the  Earth.  X. 


Terrae  Foetus. 


A  meadow,  i.  yieldeth 
grass  with  Flowers  and 
Herbs,  which  being  cut 
down,  are  made  Hay,  2. 

A  Field,  3.  yieldeth  Corn, 
and  Pot-herbs,  4. 

Mushrooms,  5. 
Straw -berries,  6. 
Myrtle-trees,  &c. 
*:<?;#£  #/  in  Woods. 

Metals,  Stones,  and  J/Y»- 
grow  under  the  earth. 


Pratum,  1.  fert  Gramina, 
cum  Floribus  &  Herbis 
quae  defecta 
fiunt  Fcenum,  2. 

Arvum,  3.  fert  Frugcs, 
&  01  era,  4. 
^Mwy«,  5. 
Frag  a,  6. 
Myrtilli,  &c. 
Proveniunt  in  Sylvis. 

Metalla,  Lapides, 
Mineralia, 
nascuntur  sub  terra. 


Metals 


Metalla. 


Lead,  i, 
is  soft,  and  heavy. 

Iron,  2.  is  hard, 
and  Steel,  3.  harder. 

They  make  Tankards 
(or  Cans),  4.  of  Tin. 
Kettles,  5.  of  Copper, 
Candlesticks,  6.  of  Latin, 
D  oilers,  7.  of  Silver, 
Ducats  and  Crown-pieces,  8. 
Quick-silver   is    always    li- 
quid,   and    eateth  thorow 
Metals  of  Gold. 


Plumbum,  1. 
est  molle  &  grave. 

Ferrum,  2.  est  durum, 
&  Calybs,  3.  durior. 

Faciunt  Cantharos,^. 
e  St  anno. 

Ahena,  5,  e  Cupro, 

Candelabra,6.  ex  Orichalco, 

Thaler os,  7.  ex  Argento, 

Scutatos  et  Coronatos,  8. 

Ex,  Auro. 

Argentum  Vivum,  semper 
liquet,  &  corrodit  Metalla. 


Stones. 


Lapides. 


Sand,  1.  and  Gravel,  2. 
is  Stone  broken  into  bits. 

A  great  Stone,  3. 
is  a  piece  of 
a  Rock  (or  Crag)  4. 

A  Whetstone,  5. 
a  Flint,  6.  a  Marble,  7.  &c. 
are  ordinary  Stones. 

A  Load-stone,  8. 
draweth  Iron  to  it. 

jewels,  9. 
are  clear  Stones,  as 

The  Diamond  white, 

The  Ruby  red, 

The  Sapphire  blue, 

The  Emerald  green, 

The  yacinth  yellow,  &c. 
And  they  glister 
being  cut  into  corners. 

Pearls  and  Unions,  10. 
grow  in  Shell-fish. 


Arena,  1.  &  Sabulum,  2. 
est  Lapis  comminutus. 

Saxum,  3. 
est  pars 
Petrce  (Cautis)  4. 

Cos,  5. 

Silex,  6.  M armor,  7.  &c. 
sunt  obscuri  Lapides. 

M agues,  8. 
adtrahit  ferrum. 

Gemmce,  9. 
sunt  pellucidi  Lapilli,  ut 
Adamas  candidus, 
Rubinus  rubeus, 
Sapphirus  caeruleus, 
Smaragdus  viridis, 
Hyacynthus  luteus,  &c. 
et  micant 
angulati. 

MargaritceSi  Uniones,  10, 
crescunt  in  Conchis. 


(  17) 


Corals,  ii. 
in  a  Sea-shrub. 

Amber,  12.  is  gathered 
from  the  Sea. 

Glass,  13.  is  like 
Chrystal. 


Corallia,  1 1 . 
in  Marind  arbuscul&. 

Succinum,  12.  colligitur 
e  mari. 

Vitrum,  13.  simile  est 
Chrystallo. 


Tree. 


XIII. 


Arbor. 


A  Plant,  1.  groweth 
from  a  Seed. 

A  plant  waxeth  to  a 
Shoot,  2. 

A  Shoot  to  a  7>^<?,  3 . 

The  Root,  4. 
beareth  up  the  Tree. 

The  Body  or  <S7<?w,  5. 
riseth  from  the  Root. 

The  Stem  divideth  it  self 
into  Boughs,  6. 
and  green  Branches,  7. 
made  of  Leaves,  8. 

D 


Planta,  1.  procrescit 
e  Semitic. 

Planta  abit 
in  Fruticem,  2. 

Frutex  in  Arborcm,  3. 

Radix,  4. 
Sustentat  arborem. 

Stirps  (Stemma)  5. 
Surgit  e  radice. 

Stirps  se  dividit 
in  Ramos,  6. 
&  Frondes,  7. 
factas  e  Foliis,  8. 


( is; 


The  top,  9. 
is  in  the  height. 

The  Stock,  10. 
is  close  to  the  roots. 

A  Log,  1 1 . 
is  the  body  fell'd  down 
without  Boughs ;  having 
Bark  and  Rind,  12. 
Pith  and  He  a  rt,  13. 

Bird-lime,  14. 
groweth  upon  the  boughs, 
which  also  sweat 
Gumm, 
Rosin, 
Pitch,  &c. 


Cacumen,  9. 
est  in  summo. 

Truncus,  10. 
adhaerat  radicibus. 

Caudex,  1 1 . 
est  Stipes  dejectus, 
sine  ramis;  habens  Cor- 
ticem  &  Librum,  12. 
pidpam  &  medullam,  13. 

Viscum,  14. 
adnascitur  ramisy 
qui  etiam  sudant, 
Gumtni, 
Resinam, 
Picem,  &c. 


Fruits  of  Trees. 


XIV. 


Fructus  Arborum. 


Fruits  that  have  no 
shells  are  pull'd  from 
fruit-bearing  trees. 

The  Apple,  1.  is  round. 


Poma 
decerpuntur, 
a  fructiferis  arboribus. 

Malum,  1.  est  rotundum. 


(19  ) 


The  Pear,  2.  and  Fig,  3. 
are  something  long. 

The  Cherry,  4. 
hangeth  by  a  long  start. 

The  Plumb,  5. 
and  Peach,  6. 
by  a  shorter. 

The  Mulberry,  7. 
by  a  very  short  one. 

The  Wall-nut,  8. 
the  Hazel-nut,  9. 
and  Chest-nut,  10. 
are  wrapped  in  a  /^i-^ 
and  a  Shell. 

Barren  trees  are  11. 
The  Firr,  the  Alder, 
The  Birch,  the  Cypress, 
The  Beech,  the  ^A, 
The  Sallotv,  the  Linden-tree, 
&c,  but  most  of  them  af- 
fording shade. 

But  the  Juniper,  12. 
and  Bay-tree,  13.  yield 
Berries. 

The  /Yn<?,  1 4.  Pine-apples. 

The  6>a£,  15. 
Acorns  and  Galls. 


Pyrum,  2.  &  Ficus,  3. 
sunt  oblonga. 

Cerasum,  4. 
pendet  longo  Pediolo. 

Prunum,  5. 
&  Persicum,  6. 
breviori. 

Mo  rum,  7. 
brevissimo. 

iV?/^:  Juglans,  8. 
Av  el  I  ana,  9. 
&  Castanea,  10. 
involuta  sunt  Cortici 
&  Putamini. 

Steriles  arbores  sunt  11. 
Abies,  Alnus, 
Betula,  Cupressus, 
Fag  us,  Fraxinus, 
Salix,  Tilia,  &c. 
sed  pleraeque  umbriferae. 

At  Juniperus,  12. 
&  Laurus,  13.  ferunt 
Baccas. 

Pinus,  14.  Strobilos. 

Quercus,  15. 
Glandes  &  Gallas. 


Flowers 


Flores 


Amongst  the  Flowers 
the  most  noted, 

In  the  beginning  of 
the  Spring  are  the 
Violet,  I.  the  Crow-toes,  2. 
the  Daffodil,  3. 

Then  the  Lillies,  4. 
white  and  yellow 
and  blew,  5. 
and  the  Rose,  6. 
and  the  Clove  gilliflowers,  7, 
&c, 

Of  these  Garlands,  8. 
and  Nosegays,  9.  are 
tyed  round  with  twigs. 

There  are  added  also 
sweet  herbs,  10. 
as  Marjoram, 
Flo7ver  gentle,  Rue, 
Lavender, 
Rosemary. 


Inter  flores 
notissimi, 
Primo  vere, 

Viola,  1.  Hyaa'nt/ius,  2, 
Narcissus,  3. 

Turn  Lilia,  4. 
alba  &  lutea, 
&  ccerulea,  5. 
tandem  Rosa,  6. 
&  Caryophillwn,  7.  &c. 

Ex  his  Serta,  8. 
&  Service,  9. 
vientur. 

Adduntur  etiam 
Herbcz  odoratce,  1  o. 
ut  Amaracus, 
Amaranthus,  Ruta, 
Lavendula, 
Rosmarinus,  (Libanotis). 


(  2i  ; 


Hysop,  Spike, 

Hypossus,  Nard, 

Basil,  Sage, 

Ocymum,  Salvia, 

Mints,  &c. 

Menta,  &c. 

Amongst  Field-flowers, 

Inter  Campestres 

ii.  the  most  noted  are 

Flores,  n.  notissimi  sunt 

the  May -HI lie, 

Lilium  Convallium, 

Germander,  the  Blew-Bottle, 

Chamcedrys,  Cyanus, 

Chamomel,  &c. 

Chamozmelum,  &c. 

And  amongst  Herbs, 

Et  Herbae, 

Trefoil. 

Cytisus  (Trifolium) 

Wormwood,  Sorrel, 

Absinthium,  Acetosa, 

the  Nettle,  &c. 

Urtica,  Sec. 

The  Tulip,  12. 

Tulip  a,  12. 

is  the  grace  of  flowers, 

est  decus  Florum, 

but  affording  no  smell. 

sed  expers  odoris. 

Potherbs. 


XVI 


Pot-herbs 
grow  in  Gardens, 
as  Lett  ice,  1. 
Colervort,  2. 
"Onions,  3. 


Olera 
nascuntur  in  hortis, 
ut  Lactuca,  1. 
Br  as  sic  a,  2. 
Cepa,  3. 


( 22 ; 


Gar  lick,  4.   Gourd,  5. 
The  Parsnep,  6. 
The  Turnep,  7. 
The  Radish,  8. 
Horse-radish,   9. 
Par  sly,  10. 
Cucumbers,  1 1 . 
and  Pompions,  12. 


Allium,  4.  Cucurbita,  5. 
Siser,  6. 
Rap  a,  7. 

Raphanus  minor,  8. 
Raphanus  major,  9. 
Petroselin  urn,  10. 
Cucumeres,  1 1 . 
Pe pones,  12, 


Corn. 


XVII. 


Fruges. 


Some  Cc/vz  grows  upon 
a  straw, 

parted  by  /kw/j-, 
as  Wheat,  1. 
-ff;V,  2,  Barley,  3. 
in  which  the  .#£/'  hath 
awnes,  or  else  it  is  without 
awnes,  and  it  nourisheth 
the  G?r«  in  the  Husk. 

Some  instead  of  an  ear, 
have  a  rz'z<?w  (or  plume) 
containing  the  corn  by 
bunches,as  Oats,  4.  Millet,^. 
Turkey-wheat,  6. 


Frumefita  quaedam  cre- 
scunt  super  culmum, 
distinctum  geniculis, 
ut,  Triticum,  1. 
Siligo,  2.  Hordeutn,  3. 
in  quibus  ^/Va  habet 
Aristas,  aut  est  mutica,  fo- 
vetque  grana  in  gluma. 

Quaedam  pro  Spica, 
habent  Paniculam,  conti- 
nentem  grana  fasciatim, 
ut,  Avena,  4.  Milium,  5. 
Frumentum  Saracenicum,  6, 


(*3) 


Pulse  have  Cods, 

which  enclose  the  corns 

in  two  Shales, 

as  Pease,  7. 

Beans,  8.  Vetches,  9.  and 

those  that  are  less  than 

these  Lentils  and  [fries  (or 

Tares). 


Legumina  habent  Siliquas, 

quae  includunt  grana 

valvulis, 

ut,  Pisum,  7. 

Fabce,  8.  Vicia,  9. 

&  minores  his 

Lentes  &  Cicera. 


Shrubs. 


XVIII. 


Frutices. 


A  plant  being  greater, 
and  harder  than  an  herb, 
is  called  a  Shrub: 
such  as  are 

In  Banks  and  Ponds, 
the  Rush,  1 . 
the  Bulrush,  2. 
or  Cane  without  knots 
bearing  Cats-tails, 
and  the  Reed,  3. 
which  is  knotty  and  hol- 
low within. 

Elsewhere,  4. 


Planta  major 
&  durior  herba, 
dicitur  Frutex  : 
ut  sunt 

In  ripis  &  stagnis, 
J 'uncus,  1. 
Scirpus,  2. 
[Canna]  enodis 
ferens  Typhos, 
&  Arundo,  3. 
nodosa  et  cava 
intus. 

Alibi,  4. 


(  **) 


the  Rose, 

the  Bastard-Corinths, 

the  Elder,  the  Juniper. 

Also  the  Vine,  5.  which 
putteth  forth  branches,  6. 
and  these  tendrels,  7. 
Vine-leaves,  8. 

and  Bunches  of  grapes,  9. 
on  the  stock  whereof 
hang  Grapes, 
which  contain  Grape-stones. 


Rosa, 
Rides, 
Sambucus,  Juniperus, 

Item  Vilis,  5. 
quae  emittit  Palmites,  6. 
et  hi  Capreolos,  7. 
Pampinos,  8. 
et  Racemos,  9. 
quorum  Scapo 
pendent  £7#^, 
continentes  Acinos. 


XIX. 

Living-Creatures:    and  First,  Birds. 


Animalia:    &  primum,  Aves. 


A  living  Creature  liveth, 
perceiveth,  moveth  itself; 
is  born,  dieth, 
is  nourished, 
and  groweth  :  standeth, 
or  sitteth,  or  lieth, 
or  goeth. 


Animal  vivit, 
sentit,  movet  se; 
nascitur,  moritur, 
nutritur, 
&  crescit ;  stat, 
aut  sedet,  aut  cubat, 
aut  graditur. 


( *s) 


A  Bird,  {Fisher,  i. 

Avis,  (hie  Halcyon,  1. 

here  the  King's  making 

in  mari  nidulans.) 

her  nest  in  the  Sea.) 

is  covered  with  Feathers,z. 

tegitur  Plumis,  2. 

flyeth  with  Wings,  3. 

volat  Pennis,  3. 

hath  two  Pinions,  4. 

habet  duas  Alas,  4. 

as  many  Feet,  5. 

totidem  Pedes,  5. 

a  Tail,  6. 

Caudam,  6. 

and  a  Bill,  7. 

&  Rostrum,  7. 

The  Shee,  8.  layeth  Eggs, 

Fcemella,  8.  fionil  Ova., 

10. 

10.   in  a  nest,  9. 

in  nido,  9. 

and  sitting  upon  them, 

et  incubans  iis, 

hatcheth  young  ones,  11. 

excludit  Pullos,  1 1. 

An  Egg  is  cover'd 

Ovum  tegitur 

with  a  Shell,  12. 

fc-S-fo,    1 2. 

under  which  is 

sub  qua  est 

the  White,  13. 

Albumen,  1 3 . 

in  this  the  Yolk,   14. 

in  hoc  Vitellus,  14. 

Tame  Fowls 


Aves  Domesticae. 


The  Cock,  1     (which  Gallus,  1. 

•croweth  in  the   Morning. )|  (qui  caiuat  mane.) 


(  26; 


hath  a  Comb,  2, 
and  Spurs,  3. 

being  gelded,  he  is  called 
a  Capon,  and  is  crammed 
in  a  Coop,  4. 
A  //<?«,  5. 
scrapeth  the  Dunghil, 
and  picketh  up  Corns: 
as  also  the  Pigeons,  6. 
(which  are  brought  up  in 
a  Pigeon-house,  7.) 
and  the  Turkey-cock,  8. 
with  his  Turkey-htn,  9. 

The  gay  Peacock,  10. 
prideth  in  his  Feathers. 

The  Stork,  1  1. 
buildeth  her  nest 
on  the  top  of  the  House, 

The  Swallow,  12. 
the  Sparrow,  13. 
the  Mag-pie,  14. 
the  Jackdaw,  15. 
and  the  Bat,  16. 
(or  Flettermouse) 
use  to  flie  about  Houses. 


habet  Cristam,  2. 
&  Calcaria,  3. 
castratus  dicitur 
Capo  &  saginatur 
in  Ornithotrophico,  4. 

Gal  Una,  5. 
ruspatur  ftmetum, 
&  colligit  grana  : 
sicut  &  Columbce,  6, 
(quae  educantur  in  Colum- 
bario,  7.) 
&  Gallopavus,  8. 
cum  sua  Meleagride,  9. 

Formosus  Pavo,  10. 
superbit  pennis. 

Ciconia,   1 1. 
nidificat 
in  tecto. 

Hirundo,  12. 
Passer,  1 3 . 
/Vrtf,  14. 
Monedula,  15. 
&  Vespertilio,  16. 
(Mas  alatus) 
volitant  circa  Domus. 


Singing-Birds. 


Oscines. 


The  Nightingale  i.  sing- 
eth  the  sweetlyest  of  all. 

The  Lark,  2.  singeth 
as  she  flyeth  in  the  Air. 

The  Quail,  3. 
sitting  on  the  ground; 
others  on  the  boughs  of 
trees,  4.  as  the  Canary-bird, 
the  Chaffinch, 
the   Goldfinch, 
the  Siskin, 
the  Linnet, 
the  little  Titmouse, 
the  Wood-wall, 
the  Robin-red-breast, 
the  Hedge-sparrow,  &c. 

The  party  colour'd  Par- 
ret,  5.  the  Black-bird,  6. 
the  Stare,  7. 
with  the  Mag-pie 
and  the  Jay,  learn 


Luscinia  {Philomela),   1. 
can  tat  suavissi  me  omnium. 

Alauda,  2.  cantillat 
volitans  in  aere; 

Coturnix,  3. 
sedens  humi; 

Caeterae,  in  ramisarbor- 
um,  4.  ut  Luteola  peregrina. 
F ring  ilia, 
Carduelis, 
Acanthi's, 
Lin  aria, 
parvus  Parus, 
Galgulus, 
Rubecula, 
Curruca,  &c. 

Discolor  Psitiacus,  5. 
Merula,  6. 
Sturnus,  7. 
cum  Pica, 
&  Monedula,  discunt 


(2Z) 


to  frame  men's  words. 

A  great  many  are  wont 
to  be  shut  in  Cages,  8. 


humanas  voces  formare 

Pleraeque  solent 
includi  Cave  is,  8, 


XXII. 

Birds  that  haunt  the  Fields  and  Woods. 


Aves  Campesti 

The  Ostrich,  i. 
is  the  greatest  Bird. 

The    Wren,  2. 
is  the  least. 

The  Owl,  3. 
is  the  most  despicable. 

The  Whoop 00,  4. 
is  the  most  nasty, 
for  it  eateth  dung. 

The  Bird  of  Paradise,  5. 
is  very  rare. 

The  Pheasant,  6. 
the  Bustard,  7. 


res  &  Sylvestres. 

Struthio,  1. 
ales  est  maximus. 

Regulus,  2.  (Trochilus) 
minimus. 

Noctua,  3. 
despicatissimus. 

Upupa,  4. 
sordidssimus, 
vesciturenim  stercoribus. 

Manucodiata,  5. 
rarissimus. 

Phasianus,  6. 
Tarda  (Otis),  7. 


(  *9) 


the  deaf  wild  Peacock,  8. 
the  Moor-hen,  9. 
the  Partrige,  10. 
the    Woodcock,  1 1 . 
and  the  Thrush,  12. 
are  counted  Dainties. 

Among  the  rest, 
the  best  are, 
the  watchful  Crane,  13. 
the  mournful  Turtle,  14. 
the  Cuckow,  15. 
the  Stock-dove, 
the  Speight,  the  Jay, 
the  Crow,  &c,  16. 


surdus,  Tetrao,  8. 

Attagen,  9. 

Perdix,  10. 

Gallinago  (Rusticola),  11, 

&  Turdus,  1  2, 

habentur  in  deliciis. 

Inter  reliquas, 
potissimae  sunt, 
Grus,  13.  pervigil. 
Turtur,  14.  gemens. 
Cuculus,  1 5 . 
Palumbes, 
Picus,  Garrulus, 
Cor  nix,  &c,  16. 


Ravenous  Birds. 


XXIII. 


Aves  Rapaces. 


The  Eagle,  1. 
the  King  of  Birds 
looketh  upon  the  Sun, 

The  Vulture,  2. 
and  the  Raven,  3. 


Aquila,  1. 
Rex  Avium, 
intuetur  Solem. 

Vultur,  2. 
&  Corvus,  3. 


r  3° ; 


feed  upon  Carrion. 

The  Kite,  4.  pursueth 
Chickens. 

The  Falcon,  5. 
the  Hobbie,  6. 
and  the  Hawk,  7. 
catch  at  little  Birds. 

The  Gerfalcon,  8.  catch- 
eth  Pigeons  and  greater 
Birds. 


pascuntur  morticinis, 
[cadaveribus.] 

Milvus,  4.  insectatur 
pullos  gallinaceos. 

Falco,  5, 
Nisus,  6. 
&  Accipiter,  7. 
captant  aviculas. 

Astur,  8.  captat 
columbas  &  aves  majores. 


Water-Fowl. 


XXIV. 


Aves  Aquaticae. 


The  white  Swan,  1. 
the  Goose,  2. 
and  the  Duck,  3. 
swim  up  and  down. 

The  Cormorant,  4, 
diveth. 

And  to  these  the  water- 
hen, and  the  Pelican,  &c.,io. 


Oler,  1.  candidus, 
Arise/-,  2. 
&  Anas,  3. 
natant. 

M 'erg us,  4. 
se  mergit. 

Adde  his  Fulicam, 
Pelecanum,  &c,  10. 


(V) 


The  Osprey,  5. 
and  the  Sea-mew,  6. 
flying  downwards 
use  to  catch  Fish, 
but  the  Heron,  7. 
standing  on  the  Banks. 

The  Bittern,  8,  putteth 
his  Bill  in  the  water,  and 
belloweth  like  an  Ox. 

The  Water-wagtail,  9. 
waggeth  the  tail. 


Haliozetus,  5. 
&  Gavia,  6. 
devolantes, 
captant  pisces, 
sed  Ardea,  7. 
stans  in  ripis. 

Butio,  8. 
inferit  rostrum  aquae, 
&  mugit  ut  bos. 

Motacilla,  9. 
motat  caudam. 


Flying  Vermin. 


XXV 


Insecta  volantia. 


The  Bee,  1 .  maketh  honey 
which  the  Drone,2.  devour- 
eth.     The  Wasp,  3. 
and  the  Hornet,  4. 
molest  with  a  sting; 
and  the  Gad-Bee 
(or  Breese),  5. 
especially  Caitel; 


Apis,  1.  facit  mel 
quod  Fucus,  2.  depascit 

Vespa,  3. 
&  Crabro,  4. 
infestant  oculeo  ; 
&  Oestrum 
(Asilus),  5. 
imprimis  pee  us. 


( 32 ; 


but  the  Fly,  6. 
and  the  Gnat,  7.  us. 

The  Cricket,  8.  singeth. 

The  Butterfly,  9.  is  a 
winged  Caterpillar. 

The  Beetle,  10.    covereth 
her  wings  with  Cases. 

The  Glow-worm,  11. 
shineth  by  night. 


autem  Musca,  6. 
&  Culex,  7.  nos. 

Gryllus,  8.  cantillat. 

Papillio,  9.  est 
alata  Eruca. 

Scarabczus,  10.  tegit 
alas  vaginis. 

Cicindela  [Lampyris],  11. 
nitet  noctu. 


XXVI. 

Four-Footed  Beasts:    and  First  those  about  the 
House. 


Quadrupeda  :    &  primum  Domestica. 


The  Dog,  1. 
with  the  Whelp,  2. 
is  keeper  of  the  House. 

The  Cat,  3. 


Cam's,  1. 
cum  Catello,  2. 
est  custos  Doraus. 

Felis  (Catus)  3. 


(33) 


riddeth  the  House 
of  Mice,  4. 
which  also  a 
Mouse-trap,  5.  doth. 

A  Squirrel,  6. 
The  Ape,  7. 
and  the  Monkey,  8. 
are  kept  at  home 
for  delight. 

The  Dormouse,  9.  and 
other  greater  Mice,  10. 
as,  the  Weesel,  the  Marten, 
and  the  Ferret, 
trouble  the  House, 


purgat  domum 
a  Muribus,  4. 
quod  etiam 
Muscipula,  5.  facit. 

Sciurus,  6. 
Simia,  7. 

&  Cercopithecus,  8. 
habentur  domi 
delectamento. 

Glis,  9.  & 
caeteri  Mures  majores,  10. 
ut,  Must  el  a,  Martes, 
Vivcrra, 
infestant  domum. 


Herd-Cattle. 


XXVII. 


Pecora. 


The  Bull,  1.  the  Cow,  2. 
and  the  Calf,  3. 
are  covered  with  hair. 

The  Ram,  the  Weather,  4. 
the  Ewe,$.  and  the  Lamb,  6. 
bear  wool. 

E 


Taurus,  1.  Vacca,  2. 
&  Vi tul us,  3. 
teguntur  pilis. 

Aries,  Vcrvex,  4. 
Ovis,  5.  cum  Agno,  6. 
gestant  lanam. 


r  34; 


The  He-goat,  the  Gelt- 
goat,  7. 

with  the  She-goat,  8. 
and  Kid,  9.  have 
shag-hair  and  beards. 

The  ^<?^,  the  Sow,  10. 
and  the  Pigs,  1 1. 
have  bristles, 
but  not  horns; 
but  also  cloven  feet 
as  those  others  (have.) 


Hircus,  Caper,  7. 

cum  Capra,  8. 

&  Hcedo,  9.  habent. 

Villos  &  aruncos. 

Porcus,  Scrofa,  10. 
cum  P orcellis,  11. 
habent  Setas, 
at  non  Cornua  ; 
sed  etiam  Ungulas  bisulcas 
ut  ilia. 


Labouring- Beasts. 


XXVIII. 


Jumenta. 


The  y^^,  1. 
and  the  Mule,  2. 
carry  burthens. 

The  Horse,  3. 
(which  a  Mane,  4.  grac- 
eth)  carryeth  us. 

The  Camel,  5. 
carryeth  the  Merchant 
with  his  Ware. 


Asinus,  1. 
&  Mulus,  2. 
gestant  Onera. 

■£f«#j,  3. 
(quam  Juba,  4.  ornat) 
gestat  nos  ipsos. 

Catnelus,  5. 
gestat  Mercatorem 
cum  mercibus  suis. 


(35) 


The  Elephant,  6. 
•draweth  his  meat  to  him  % 
with  his  Trunk,  7. 

He  hath  two  Teeth,  8. 
standing  out, 
and  is  able  to  carry 
full  thirty  men. 


Elephas,  (Barrus)  6. 
attrahit  pabulum 
Proboscide,  7. 

Habet  duos  denies,  8. 
prominentes, 
&  potest  portare 
etiam  triginta  viros. 


Wild-Cattle. 


XXIX. 


Ferae  Pecudes. 


The  Buff,  1. 
and  the  Buffal,  2. 
are  wild  Bulls. 

The  E/ke,  3. 
being  bigger  than  an 
Horse  (whose  back  is  im- 
penetrable) hath  knaggy 
horns  as  also  the  Hart,  4. 

but  the  Roe,  5.  and 
the  Hind-calf, almost  none. 

The  Stone- back,  6. 
huge  great  ones. 

The  Wild-goat,  7. 
hath  very  little  ones, 
by  which  she  hangeth 
her  self  on  a  Rock. 


Urus,  1. 
&  Bubal  us,  2. 
sunt  feri  Boves. 

A  Ices,  3. 
major  equo 

(cujustergusest  impene- 
trabilis)  habet  ramosacor- 
nua;  ut  &  Cervus,  4. 

Sed  Caprea,  5. 
cum  Hinnulo,  fere  nulla. 

Capricornus,  6. 
praegrandia ; 

Rupicapra,  7. 
minuta, 

quibus  suspendit 
se  ad  rupem. 


(tf) 


The  Unicorn,  8. 
halh  but  one, 
but  that  a  precious  one. 

The  Boar,  9.  assail- 
eth  one  with  his  tushes. 

The  Hare,  10.  is  fearful. 

The  Cony,  1 1 . 
diggeth  the  Earth. 

As  also  the  Mole,  12. 
which  maketh  hillocks. 


Monoccros,  8. 
habet  unura, 
sed  pretiosum. 

Aper,  9. 
grassatur  dentibus. 

Lepus,  10.  pavet. 

Cuniculus,  t  1 . 
perfodit  terrain  ; 

Ut  &  Talpa,  1 2. 
quae  facit  grumos. 


Wild-Beasts. 


XXX. 


Ferae  BesitEe. 


Wild  Beasts 
have  sharp  paws,  and 
teeth,  and  are  flesh  eaters. 

As  the  Lyon,  1. 
the  King  of  four-footed 
Beasts,  having  a  mane; 
with  the  Lioness. 

The  spotted  Panther,  2. 


Bcstice 
habent  acutos  ungues,  & 
dentes,suntque  carnivorse, 

Ut  Leo,  1. 
Rex  quadrupedum, 
jubatus  ; 
cum  Lecena. 

Maculosus,  Pardo  (Pan- 
thera)  2. 


C  37  J 


The  Tyger,  3. 
the  cruellest  of  all. 

The  Shaggy  Bear,  4. 

The  ravenous  Wolf,  5. 

The  quick  sighted  Ounce, 
6.      The  tayled  fox,  7. 
the  craftiest  of  all. 

The  Hedge- Iiog,  8. 
is  prickly. 

The  Badger,  9. 
delighteth  in  holes. 


Tygris,  3. 
immanissima  omnium. 

Villosus  Ursus,  4. 

Rapax  Lupus,  5. 

Lynx,  6.  visu  pollens, 

Caudata  Vulpes,  7. 
astutissima  omnium. 

Erinaccus,  8. 
est  aculeatus. 

Melis,  9. 
sraudet  latebris. 


XXXI. 

Serpents  and  Creeping  things. 


Serpentes  &  Reptilia. 


V*  Snakes  creep 

by  winding  themselves; 

The  Adder,  1. 
in  the  wood ; 

The  Water-snake,  2. 
in  the  water; 

The  Viper,  3. 
amongst  great  stones. 


Angues  re  punt 
sinuando  se; 

Coluber,  1. 
in  Sylva ; 

Natrix,  (hydra)   2. 
in  Aqua ; 

Viper  a,  3. 
in  saxis; 


The  Asp,  4.  in  the  fields. 

The  Boa, (or  Mild-snake) 
5.  in  Houses. 

The  Slow-worm,  6. 
is  blind. 

The  Lizzard,  7. 
and  the  Salamander,  8. 
(that  liveth  long  in  fire) 
have  feet. 

The  Dragon,  9. 
a  winged  Serpent, 
killeth  with  his  Breath. 

The  Basilisk,  10. 
with  his  Eyes  ; 

And  the  Scorpion,  n. 
with  his  poysonous  tail. 


Aspis,  4,  in  campis. 

Boa,  5. 
in  Domibus. 

Coze  ilia,  6. 
est  coeca. 

Lacerta,  7. 

Salamandra,  8, 
(in  igne  vivax,)  habent 
pedes. 

Draco,  9. 
Serpens  alatus, 
necat  halitu. 

Basiliscus,  10. 
Oculis; 

Scorpio,   1 1 . 
venenata  cauda. 


Crawling-Vermin.  XXXII.  Insecta  repentia. 


Worms  gnaw  things.  Vermes,  rodunt  res. 


( 

The  Earth-worm,  i. 
the  Earth. 

The  Caterpillar,  z. 
the  Plant. 

The  Gr  as  hopper,  3. 
the  Fruits. 

The  Mite,  4.  the  Corn. 

The  Timber-worm,  5. 
Wood. 

The  Moth,  6.  a  garment. 

The  Book-worm,  7. 
a  Book. 

Maggots,  8. 
Flesh  and  Cheese. 

Hand-worms,  the  Hair. 

The  skipping  Flea,  9. 
the  Lowse,  10. 
and  the  stinking 
Wall-louse,  11.  bite  us. 

The  7VX'<?,  12. 
is  a  blood-sucker. 

The  Silk-worm,  13. 
maketh  silk. 

The  Pismire,  14. 
is  painful. 

The  Spider,  15. 
weaveth  a  Cobweb, 
nets  for  flies. 

The  Snail,  16.  carri- 
eth  about  her  Snail-horn. 


39  ) 

Lumbricus,  1. 
terram. 

Eruca,  2. 
plantam. 

Cicada,  3. 
Fruges. 

Circulio,  4.  Frumenta. 

Teredo,  (cossis)  5. 
Ligna. 

Tinea,  6.  vestem. 

Blatta,  7. 
Librum. 

Termites,  8. 
carnem  &  caseum. 

Acari,  Capillum. 

Saltans  Pulcx,  9. 
Pediculus,  10. 
foe  tans  Cimex,  11. 
mordent  nos. 

Ricinus,  12. 
sanguisugus  est. 

Bombyx,  13. 
facit  sericum. 

Eormiea,  14. 
est  laboriosa. 

Aranea,  15. 
texit  Araneum, 
retia  muscis. 

Cochlea,  16. 
circumfert  testam. 


(  4oJ 

XXXIII. 

Creatures  that  live  as  well  by  Water  as  by  Land. 


Amphibia. 


Creatures  that  live  by 
land  and  by  water,  are 

The  Crocodile,  i. 
a  cruel  and  preying  Beast 
of  the  River  Nilus  ; 

The  Castor  or  Beaver,  2. 
having  feet  like  a  Goose, 
and  a  scaly  tail  to  swim. 

The  Otter,  3. 

The  croaking  Frog,  4. 
with  the  Toad. 

The  Tortoise,  5. 
covered  above  and  be- 
neath with  shells, 
as  with  a  target. 


Viventia 
in  terra  &  aqua,  sunt 

Crocodilus,  1. 
immanis  &  praedatrix  bes- 
tia  Nili  fiuminis  ; 

Castor,  (Fiber)  2. 
habens  pedes  anserinos 
&  squameam  Caudam 
ad  natandum. 

Lutra,  3. 
&  coaxans  Rana,  4. 
cum  Bufone. 

Testudo,  5. 
Operta  &  infra, 
testis, 
ceu  scuto. 


r  4i ; 


XXXIV. 

River  Fish  and  Pond  Fish. 


Pisces  Fluviatil 

A  Fish  hath  Fins,  1. 
with  which  it  swimmeth, 
and  Gills,  z. 

by  which  it  taketh  breath, 
and  Prickles 

instead  of  bones:  besides 
the  Male  hath  a  Milt, 
and  the  Female  a  Row, 

Some  have  Scales. 
as  the  Carp,  3. 
and  the  Luce  or  Pike,  4. 

Some  are  sleek 
as  the  Eel,  5. 
and  the  Lamprey,  6. 

The  Sturgeon,  7. 
having-  a  sharp  snout, 
groweth    beyond    the 
length  of  a  Man. 

The  Sheath-fish,  8. 


es  &  Lacustres. 

Piscis  habet  Pinnas,  1. 
quibus  natat ; 
&  Branchias,  2. 
quibus  respirat ; 
&  Spinas 

loco  ossium  :  praeterea, 
Mas  Lactcs, 
Fcemina  Ova. 

Quidam  habent  Squamas, 
ut  Carpio,  3. 
Lucius,  (Lupus)  4. 

Alii  sunt  glabri, 
ut,  Anguilla,  5. 
M  us  tela,  6. 

Accipenser  (Sturio),  7. 
mucronatus,  crescit 
ultra  longitudinem  viri. 

Silurus,  8. 


(42) 


having  wide  Cheeks, 
is  bigger  than  he  : 

But  the  greatest, 
is  the  Huson,  9. 

Minews,  10. 
swimming  by  shoals, 
are  the  least. 

Others  of  this  sort  are 
the  Perch,  the  Bley, 
the  Barbel, 
the  Esch,  the  Trout, 
the  Gudgeon,  and  Trench,  1 1. 

The  Crab-fish,  12.  is  cov- 
ered with  a  shell,  and  it 
hath  Claws,  and  crawleth 
forwards  and  backwards. 

The  Horse-leech,  13. 
sucketh  blood. 


bucculentus, 
major  illo  est : 

Sed  maximus 
Antaseus  (Huso,)  9. 

ApUCB,  10. 
natantes  gregatim, 
sunt  minutissimae. 

Alii  hujus  generis  sunt 
Perca,  Alburnus, 
Mullus,  (Barbus) 
Thymallus,  Trutta, 
Gobi  us,  Tinea,  11. 

Cancer,  12. 
tegitur  crusta, 
habetque  chelas,  &  gradi- 
tur  porro  &  retro. 

Hirudo,  13. 
sugit  sanguinem. 


XXXV. 

Sea-fish,  and  Shell-fish.  Marini  pisces  &  Conchae. 


The  Whale,  1.  is  the  Balcena,  (Cetus)  1.  max- 

greatest  of  the  Sea-fish.       |  imus  Piscium  marinorum. 


(43) 


The  Dolphin,  z. 
the  swiftest. 

The  Scale,  3. 
the  most  monstrous. 

Others  are  the  Lamprel,^ 
the  Salmon,  or  the  Lax,  5. 

There  are  also  fish  that 
flie,  6.     Add  Herrings,  7. 
which  arebroughtpickled, 
and  Place,  8.  and  Cods,  9. 
which  are  brought  dry; 
and  the  Sea  monsters, 
the  Seal.  10. 
and  the  Sea-horse,  &c. 

Shell-fish,  1 1 .  have  Shells. 

The  Oyster,  12. 
affordeth  sweet  meat. 

The  Purple-fish,  13. 
purple; 

The  others,  Pearls,  14. 


Delphinus,  2. 
velocissimus. 

Raia,  3. 
monstrossimus. 

Alii  sunt  Muroznula,  4. 
Sal  mo,  (Esox)  5. 

Danturetiam  volatiles,6. 

Adde  Haleces,  7. 
qui  salsi, 

&  Passeres,S.  cum  Asellis,g. 
qui  adferuntur  arefacti ; 
&  monstra  marina, 
P  ho  cam,  10. 
Hippopotamu?n,  &c. 

Concha,  n.  habet  testas, 

Ostrea,  12. 
dat  sapidam  carnem. 

Murex,  1 3 . 
purpuram  ; 

Alii,  14.  Margaritas. 


Man. 


XXX 


Adam,  1.  the  first  Man.    |    Adamus,  1.  primus  Homo, 


(  44  J 


was  made  by  God  after 
his  own  Image  the  sixth 
day  of  the  Creation,  of  a 
lump  of  Earth. 

And  Eve,  2. 
the  first  Woman,  was  made 
of  the  Rib  of  the  Man. 

These,  being  tempted 
by  the  Devil  under  the 
shape  of  a  Serpent,  3. 
when  they  had  eaten  of  the 
fruit  of  the  forbidden  Tree, 
4.  were  condemned,  5. 
to  misery  and  death, 
with  all  their  posterity, 
and  cast  out  of  Paradise,  6. 


formatus  est  a  Deo 
ad  Imaginem  suam 
sexta  die  Creationis, 
e  Gleba  Terrae. 

Et  Eva,  2. 
prima  mulier, 
formata  est  e  costa  viri. 

Hi,  seducti 
abolo  sub  specie 
Serpentis,  3. 
cum  comederent 
de  fructu  vetitoz  arboris,  4. 
damnati  sunt,  5. 
ad  miseriam  &  mortem, 
cum  omni  posteritate  sua, 
&  ejecti  e  Paradiso  6. 


XXXVII. 

The  Seven   Ages  of  Man. 


Septem  yEtates  Hominis. 
A  Man  is  first  an  Infant,  1 .  |  Homo  est  primum  Infans,  1 . 


(45) 


then  a  Boy,  2. 

then  a  Youth,  3. 

then  a  Young-man,  4. 

then  a  Man,  5. 

after  that  an  Elderly-man,f>. 

and  at  last,  a  decrepid  old 

man,  7. 

So  also  in  the  other  Sex, 
there  are,  a  Girl,  8. 
A  JDamosel,  9.  a  Maid,  10. 
A  Woman,  1 1 . 
an  elderly  Woman,  12.  and 
a  decrepid  old  Woman,  13. 


deinde  Puer,  2. 
turn  Adolesccns,  3. 
inde  Juvenis,  4. 
posted  Fir,  5. 
dehinc  Sen  ex,  6. 
tandem  Silicernium,  7. 

Sic  etiam  in  altero  Sexu, 
sunt,  Pupa,  8. 
Pit  ell  a,  9.  Virgo,  10. 
Mulicr,  1 1 . 
Vet  id  a,  12. 
Anus  decrcpita,  13. 


XXXVIII. 

The  Outward  Parts  of  a   Man. 


Membra  Hominis  Externa. 
The  Head,  1.  is  above,     j      Caput,  1.  est  supra, 
the  .Z^/,  20.  below.  |  infra  Pedes,  20. 


<&) 


the  fore  part  of  the  Neck 
(which  ends  at 
the  Arm-holes,  2.) 
is  the  Throat,  3.  the 
hinder  part,  the  Crag,  4. 

The  Breast,  5,  is  before; 
the  back,  6,  behind ; 
Women  have  in  it 
two  Dugs,  7. 
with  Nipples, 

Under  the  Breast 
is  the  Belly,  9. 
in  the  middle  of  it 
the  Navel,  10. 
underneath  the  Groyn,  11. 
and  the  privities. 

The  Shoulder-blades,  12. 
are  behind  the  back, 
on  which  the  Shoulders 
depend,  13. 
on  these  the  Arms,  14. 
with  theFlbqw,  1 5.  andthen 
on  either  side  the  Hands, 
the  right,  8.  and  the  left,  16. 

The  Loyns 
are  next  the  Shoulders, 
with  the  Hips,  18. 
and  in  the  Breech, 
the  Buttocks,  19. 

These  make  the  Foot; 
the  Thigh,  21.  then  the  Teg, 
23.     (the   Knee,  being   be- 
twixt them,  22.) 
in  which  is  the  Calf,  24. 
with  the  Shin,  25. 
then  the  Ankles,  26. 
the  Heel,  27. 
and  the  Sole,  28. 
in  the  very  end, 
the  great  Toe,  29. 
with  four  (other)  Toes. 


Anterior  pars  Colli 
(quod  desit 
in  Axillas,  2.) 
est  "Jugulum,  3. 
posterior  Cervix,  4. 

Pectus,  5.  est  ante; 
Dorsum,  6.  retro; 
Foeminis  sunt  in  illo 
binae  Mammoz,  7. 
cum  Papillis. 

Sub  pectore 
est  Venter,  g. 
in  ejus  medio, 
Umbelicus,  10. 
subtus  Inguen,  11. 
&  pudenda. 

Scapula,  12. 
sunt  a  tergo, 
a  quibus  pendent  humeri, 

'3- 

ab  his  Brachia,  14. 

cum  Cubito,  15.  inde  ad 

utrumque  Latus,  Manus, 

Dexter  a,  8.  &  Sinistra,  16. 

Lumbi,  17. 
excipiunt  Humeros, 
cum  Cox  is,  18. 
&  zVz  Bodice,  (culo) 
Nates,  19. 

Absolvunt  Pedem  ; 
Femur,  21.  turn  Cr?/.?,  23. 
{Genu,  22.  intermedio.) 

in  quo  Sura,  24. 

cum  Till  a,  25. 

abhinc  Tar//,  26. 

C#Z#,  (Calcaneum)  27. 

&  Solum,  28. 

in  extremo 

Hallux,   29. 

cum  quatuor  Digitis. 


(  AT  ) 
XXXIX. 
The  Head  and  the  Hand. 


Caput  &  Manus. 


In  the  Head are 
the  Hair,  i. 
(which  is  combed 
with  a  Comb,  2.) 
two  Ears,  3. 
the  Temples,  4. 
and  the  ^aw,  5. 

In  the  Face  are 
the  Fore-head,  6. 
both  the  Eyes,  7. 
the  Nose,  8. 
(with  two  Nostrils) 
the  Mouth,  9. 
the  Cheeks,  10. 
and  the  CfoVz,  13. 

The  Mouth  is  fenced 
with  a  Mustacho,  11. 
and  Z*)>.r,  12. 


In  Capite  sunt 
Capillus,  1. 
(qui  pectitur 
Pec  tine,  2.) 
Aures,  3.  binae, 
&  Temp  or  a,  4. 
Facies,  5. 

In  facie  sunt 
Frons,  6. 

Oculus,  7.  uterque, 
Nasus,  8. 

(cum  duabus  Naribus) 
Os,  9. 

Gence,  (Malac)  10. 
&  Mentum,  13. 

Os  septum  est 
Mystace,  1 1 . 
&  Za bit's,  12. 


( ^ ) 


A  Tongue  and  a  Palate, 
and  Teeth,  16. 
in  the  Cheek-bone. 

A  Man's  Chin 
is  covered  with  a  Beard,\^. 
and  the  Eye 
(in  which  is  the  White 
and  the  Apple) 
with  eye-lids, 
and  an  eye-brow,  15. 

The  Hand  being  closed 
is  a  Fist,  17. 

being  open  is  a  Palm,  18. 
in  the  midst,  is  the  hollow, 
19.  of  the  Hand, 
the  extremity  is  the 
Thumb,   20. 
with  four  Fingers, 
the  Fore-finger,  2  1 . 
the  Middle-finger,  22. 
the  Ring-finger,  23. 
and  the  Little-finger,  24. 

In  every  one  are 
three  joynts,  a.  b.  c. 
and  as  many  knuckles,  d.e.f. 
with  a  Nail,  25. 


Lingua  cum  Palato, 
Dentibus,  16. 
in  Maxilla. 

Mentum  virile 
tegitur  Barba,  14. 
Oculos  vero 
(in  quo  Albugo 
&  Pupilld) 
palpabris, 
&  sitpercilio,  15. 

Manus  contracta, 
Pugnus,  17.  est 
aperta,  Palma,   18. 
in  medio  Ftf/tf,  19. 

extremitas, 

Pollex,  20. 

cum  quatuor  Digit  is, 

Lndiee,  2 1 . 

Medio,  22. 

Annulari,  23. 

&  Auriculari,  24. 

In  quolibet  sunt 
articuli  tres,  a.  b.  c. 
&  totidem  Condyli,  d.  e.  f. 
cum  Ungue,  25. 


f  49  ) 
The  Flesh  and  Bowels.  XL 


Caro  &  Viscera. 


In  the  Body  are  the  Skin 
with  the  Membranes, 
the  Flesh  with  the  Muscles, 
the  Chanels, 
the  Gristles, 
the  Bones  and  the  Bowels. 

The  Skin,  i.  being  pull'd 
off,  the  Flesh,  z.  appeareth, 
not  in  a  continual  lump, 
but  being  distributed,  as 
it  were  in  stuft  puddings, 
which  they  call  Muscles, 
whereof  therearereckoned 
four  hundred  and  five,  be- 
ing the  Chanels  of  the  Spi- 
rits, to  move  the  Members. 

The  Bowels  are  the  in- 
ward Members  : 

As    in    the    Head,    the 
Brains,  3.  being  compassed 
about  with  a  Skull,  and 

F 


In  Corpore  sunt  Cutis 
cum  Mem  bran  is, 
Caro  cum  Musculis, 
Canales, 
Cartilagines, 
Ossa  &  Viscera. 

Cute,  1.   detracta, 
Caro,  2.  apparet, 
non  continua  massa, 
sed  distributa, 
tanquam  in  farcimina, 
quos  vocant  Musculos, 
quorum  numerantur 
quadringenti  quinque, 
canales  Spirituum, 
ad  movendum  Membra. 

Viscera  sunt  Membra  in- 
terna : 

Ut  in  CdL^>\te,Cerebrum,  3. 
circumdatum  Cranio,  & 


(So) 


the  Skin  which  covereth 
the  Skull. 

In  the  Breast,  the  Heart, 

4.  covered    with    a    thin 
Skin  about  it,  and  theLungs, 

5.  breathing  to  and  fro. 
In  the  Belly, 

the  Stomach,  6. 
and  the  Guts,  7. 
covered  with  a  Caul. 
The  Liver,  8. 

and  in  the  left  side  oppo- 
site against  it,  the  Milt,  9. 
the  two  Kidneys,  10. 
and  the  Bladder,  11. 

The  Breast 
is  divided  from  the  Belly 
by  a  thick  Membrane, 
which  is  called 
the  Mid-riff,  12. 


Pericranio. 

In  Pectore,  Cor,  4. 
obvolutum  Pericardio, 
&  Pultno,  5. 
respirans. 

In  Ventre, 
Ventriculus,  6. 
&  Intestina,  7. 
obducta  Omento. 
Jecur,  (Hepar)  8. 
&  a  sinistro  oppositus 
ei  Lien,  9. 
duo  Penes,  10. 
cum  Vesica,    11. 

Pectus 
dividitur  a  Ventre 
crassfi  Membran£, 
quae  vocatur 
Diaphragma,  12. 


The  Chanels  and  Bones.        XLI.        Canales  &  Ossa. 


The  Chanelsof  the  Body  are  |  Canales  Corporis  sunt 


(Si) 


the  Veins,  carrying 

the  Blood  from  the  Liver; 

The  Arteries  (carrying) 
Heart  and  Life  from  the 
Heat  j 

The  Nerves  (carrying) 
Sense  and  Motion 
throughout  the  Body  from 
the  Brain. 

You  shall  find  these 
three,  1.  everywhere 
joined  together. 

Besides,  from  the  Mouth 
into  the  Stomach  is 
the  Gullet,  2.  the 
way  of  the  meat  and  drink; 
and  by  it  to  the  Lights, the 
Wezand,  5.  for  breathing; 
from  the  Stomach  to  the 
Anus  is  a  great  Intestine,  3. 
to  purge  out  the  Ordure  ; 
from  the  Liver  to  the 
Bladder,  the  Ureter,  4. 
for  making  water. 

The  Bones  are 
in  the  Head,  the  Skull,  6. 
the  two  Cheek-bones,"]. 
with  thirty-two  Teeth,  8. 

Then  the  Back-bo?ie,  9. 
the  Pillar  of  the  Body, 
consisting  of  thirty-four 
turning  Joints,  that  the 
Body  may  bend  it  self. 

The  Ribs,  10.  whereof 
there  are  twenty-four. 

The  Breast-bone,   11. 
the  two  Shoulder-blades,  12. 
the  Buttock-bone,  13. 
the  bigger' Bone  in  the 
Arm,  15    and 
the  lesser  Bone  in  the  Arm. 


Vence  deferentes 
Sanguinem  ex  Hepate  ; 

Arterice,  Calorem 
&  Vitam  e  Corde  ; 

Nervi,  Sen  sum 
et  Motum,  per 
Corpus  a  Cerebro. 

Invenies  haec  tria,  1. 
ubique  sociata. 

Porro,  ab  Ore 
in  Ventriculum 
Gula,  2. 

via  cibi  ac  potus  ;  & 
juxta  hanc,  ad  Pulmonem 
Guttur,$.  pro  respiratione ; 
a  ventriculo  ad  Anum 
Colon,  3. 

ad  excernendum  Stercus; 
ab  Hepate  ad  Vesicam, 
Ureter,  4. 
reddendae  urinae. 

Ossa  sunt 
in  Capite,  Calvaria,  6. 
duae  Max illce,  7.  cum 
XXXII.  Dentibus,  8. 

Turn,  Spina  dor  si,  9. 
columna  Corporis, 
constans  ex  XXXIV. 
Vertebris,  ut  Corpus 
queat  flectere  se 

Costa;,  10. 
quarum  viginti  quatuor. 

Os  Pectoris,  1  1 . 
duae  Scapula?,  12. 
Os  sessibuli,  13. 
Lacerti,  15. 

&  Ulna. 


( ^ ) 


The  Thigh-bone,  14. 
the  foremost,  16. 
and  the  hindmost  Bone, 
in  the  Leg,  17. 

The  Bones  of  the  Hand, 
18.  are  thirty-four,  and 
of  the  Foot,  19.  thirty. 

The  Marrow  is  in  the 
Bones. 


Tibia,  14. 
Fibula,  16.  anterior, 
&  posterior,  17. 

Ossa  Manus,  18. 
sunt  triginta  quatuor, 
Pedis,  19.  triginta. 

Medulla  est  in  Ossibus, 


XLII. 
The  Outward  and  Inward  Senses. 


Sensus  externi  &  interni. 


There  are  five  outward 
Senses  ; 

The  Eye,  1.  seeth  Col- 
ours, what  is  white  or 
black,  green  or  blew, 
red  or  yellow. 

The  Ear,  2.  heareth 
Sounds,  both  natural, 
Voices  and  Words; 
and  artificial, 


Sunt  quinque  externi 
Sensus  ; 

Oculus,  1.  videt  Colores, 
quid  album  vel  atrum, 
viride  vel  coeruleum, 
rubrum  aut  luteum,  sit. 

Auris,  2.  audit  Sonos, 
turn  naturales, 
Voces  &  Verba; 
turn  artificiales, 


(53) 


Musical  Tunes. 

The  Nose,  3.  scenteth 
smells  and  stinks. 

The  Tongue,  4.  with  the 
roof  of  the  Mouth  tastes 
Savours,  what  is  sweet  or 
bitter,  keen  or  biting,  sow- 
er or  harsh. 

The  Hand,  5.  by  touch- 
ing discerneth  the  quan- 
tity and  quality  of  things; 
the  hot  and  cold, 
the  moist  and  dry, 
the  hard  and  soft, 
the  smooth  and  rough, 
the  heavy  and  light. 

The  inward  Senses  are 
three. 

The  Common  Sense,  7. 
under  the  forepart  of  the 
head,  apprehendeth 
things  taken  from 
the  outward  Senses. 

The  Phantasie,  6. 
under  the  crown  of  the  head 
judgeth  of  those  things, 
thinketh  and  dreameth, 

The  Memory,  8. 
under  the  hinder  part  of  the 
head,\a.yeth  up  every  thing 
and  fetcheth  them  out : 
it  loseth  some, 
and  this  is  forgetful 'ness. 

Sleep,  is 
the  rest  of  the  Senses. 


Tonos  Musicos. 

Nasus,  3,  olfacit 
odores  &  foetores. 

Lingua,  4.  cum  Palato 
gustat  Sapores,  quid 
dulce  aut  amarum,  acre 
aut  acidum,  acerbum  aut 
austerum. 

Manus,  5.  tangendo 
dignoscit  quantitatem, 
&  qualitatem  rerum  ; 
calidum  &  frigidum, 
humidum  &  siccum, 
durum  &  molle, 
laeve  &  asperum, 
grave  &  leve. 

Sens  us  in  tern  i  sunt  tres. 

Sensus  Communis,  7. 
sub  sincipite 
apprehendit 
res  perceptas 
a  Sensibus  externis. 

Phantasia,  6. 
sub  vertice, 
dijudicat  res  istas, 
cogitat,  somniat. 

Memoria,  8. 
sub  occipitio, 
recondit  singula 
&  depromit : 
deperdit  quaedam, 
&  hoc  est  oblivio. 

Somnus, 
est  requies  Sensuum. 


The  Soul  of  Man. 


Anima  hominis. 


The  Soul  is  the  Life  of 
the  Body, one  in  the  whole. 
Only  Vegetative i n  Plants; 

Withal  Sensitive  in  Ani- 
mals ; 

And  also  rational  in 
Men. 

This  consisteth  in  three 
things; 

In  the  Understanding, 
whereby  it  judgeth 
and  understandeth 
a  thing  good  and  evil, 
or  true,  or  apparent. 

In  the  Will, 
whereby  it  chooseth, 
and  desireth, 
or  rejecteth,  and  mis- 
liketh  a  thing  known. 

In  the  Mind, 
whereby  it  pursueth 


Anima  est  vita 
corporis,  una  in  toto. 

Tan  turn  Vegetativa  in 
Plantis  ; 

Simul  Sensitiva  in  Ani- 
?nalibus  ; 

Etiam  Rationalis  in 
Ho  mine. 

Haec  consistet  in  tribus: 

In  Mente  (Intellectu) 
qua  cognoscit, 
&  intelligit, 
bonum  ac  malum, 
velverum,  vel  apparens. 

In  Voluntate, 
qua  eligit, 
&  concupiscit, 
aut  rejicit, 
&  aversatur  cognitum. 

In  Animo, 
quo  prosequitur 


( ss) 


the  Good  chosen  or  avoid- 
eth  the  Evil  rejected. 

Hence  is  Hope  and  Fear 
in  the  desire, 
and  dislike. 

Hence  is  Love  and  Joyt 
in  the  Fruition: 

But  Anger  and  Grief, 
in  suffering. 

The  true  judgment  of  a 
thing  is  Knowledge  ; 
the  false,  is  Error, 
Opinion  and  Suspicion. 


Bonum  electum, 

vel  fugit  Malum  rejectum. 

Hinc  Spes  &  Timor, 
in  cupidine, 
&  aversatione  : 

Hinc  Amor  &  Gaudiwn, 
in  fruitione  : 

Sed  Ira  ac  Dolor, 
in  passione. 

Vera  cognitio  rei, 
est  Scicntia  ; 
falsa,  Error, 
Opinio,  Suspicio. 


XLIV. 

Deformed  and  Monstrous  People. 


Deformes  &  Monstrosi. 


Monstrous  and  de- 
formed People  are  those 
which  differ  in  the  Body 
from  the  ordinary  shape, 


Monstrosi, 
&  deformes  sunt 
abeuntes  corpore 
a  communi  forma, 


( ^ ) 


as  the  huge  Gyant,  i. 
the  little  Dwarf,  2. 
One  with  two  Bodies,  3. 
One  with  two  Heads,  4. 
and  such  like  Monsters. 

Amongst  these  are  reck- 
oned, The  jolt-headed,  5. 
The  great  nosed,  6. 
The  blubber-lipped,  7. 
The  blub-cheeked,  8. 
The  goggle-eyed,  9. 
The  wry- ?iecked,  10. 
The  great-throated,   1 1 . 
The  Crump-backed,  12. 
The  Crump-footed,  13. 
The  steeple-crowned,  1 5 . 
add  to  these 
The  Bald-pated,  14. 


ut  sunt,  immanis  Gigas, 

nanus  (Pumilio),  2. 

Bicorpor,  3. 

Biceps,  4. 

&  id  genus  monstra. 

His  accensentur, 
Capito,  5. 
JVaso,  6. 
Labeo,  7. 
Bucco,  8. 
Strabo,  9. 
Obstipus,  10. 
Strumosus,  1 1 . 
Gibbosus,  12. 
Loripes,   1  3 . 
CV/<?,  15. 
adde 
Calvastrum,  14. 


XLV. 

The  Dressing-  of  Gardens. 


Hortorum  cultura. 


We  have  seen  Man:  Vidimus  hominem 

Now  let  us  go  on  to  Man's  |  Jam  pergamus 


(SI  ) 


living,  and  to  Ha ?idy- craft- 
Trades,  which  tend  to  it. 

The  first  and  most  an- 
cient sustenance,  were  the 
Fruits  of  the  Earth. 

Hereupon  the  first  la- 
bour of  Adam,  was 
the  dressing  of  a  garden. 

The  Gardener,  1 . 
diggeth  in  a  Garden-plot, 
with  a  Spade,  2. 
or  Mattock,  3. 
and  maketh  Beds,  4. 
and  places  wherein  to 
plant  Trees,  5. 
on  which  he  setteth 
Seeds  and  Plants. 

The  Tree- Gardener,  6. 
planteth  Trees,  7. 
in  an  Orchard, 
and  grafteth  Cyons,  8. 
in  Stocks,  9. 

He  fenceth  his  Garden, 
either  by  care, 
with  a  mound,  io. 
or  a  Stone -wall,  1 1. 
or  a  rail,  1 2. 
or  Pales,  13. 
or  a  Hedge,  14. 
made  of  Hedge-stakes, 
and  bindings  ; 

Or  by  Nature,  with 
Brambles  and  Bryers,  15. 

It  is  beautified 
with  Walks.  16. 
and  Galleries,  17. 

It  is  watered 
with  Fountains,  18. 
and  a  Watering-pot,  19. 


ad  Victutn  hominis,  &  ad 
Artes  Mcchanicas,  quae  hue 
faciunt. 

Primus  &  antiquissimus 
Victus,  erant 
Bruges  Terra'. 

Hinc  primus  Labor 
Adami, 
Horti  cultura. 

Hortulanus  (Olitor),  1. 
fodit  in  Viridario, 
Li  gone,  2. 
aut  Bipalio,  3. 
facitque  Pulvinos,  4. 
ac  Plantaria,  5. 

quibus  inserit 
Semina  &  Plantas. 

Arbor ator,  6. 
plantat  Arbores,  7. 
in  Pomario, 
inseritque  Surculos,  8. 
Viviradicibus,  9. 

Sepit  hortum 
vel  Cura, 
Muro,  10. 
aut  Ma  eerie,  1 1. 
aut  Vacerra,  12. 
aut  P lands,  13. 
aut  Sepc,  14. 
flex  si  e  sudibus 
&  vitilibus  ; 

Vel  Natura 
Dumis  &  Vepribus,  15. 

Ornatur 
Antbulacris,  16. 
&  Pergulis,  1  7 . 

Rigatur 
Fontanis,  1  8. 
&  Harp  agio,   19. 


Agricultura. 


The  Plow-man,  i. 
yoketh  Oxen,  3. 
to  a  Plough,  2. 
and  holding  the  Plow- stilt, 
4.  in  his  left  hand, 
and  the  Plow -staff,  5. 
in  his  right  hand, 
with  which  he  removeth 
Clods,  6. 

he  cutteth  the  Land, 
(which  was  manured  afore 
with  Dung,  8.) 
with  a  Share,  7. 
and  a  Coulter, 
and  maketh  furrows,  9. 

Then  he  soweth 
the  Seed,  10. 
and  harrovveth  it  in 
with  a  Harrow,  1 1. 

The  Reaper,  12. 
sheareth  the  ripe  corn 
with  a  Sickle,  i3.gather- 
eth  up  the  handfuls,  14. 


Arator,  1 . 
jungit  Boves,  3. 
Aratro,  2. 

&  tenet) s  Stivam,  4. 
laeva, 
Rail  inn,  5. 
dextra, 
qua  amovet 
Glebas,  6. 
scindit  terram 
(stercoratam  antea 
Pi  mo,  8.) 
Vomer e,  7. 
et  P) en  tali, 
facitque  Sulcos,  9. 

Turn  seminal 
Semen,  10. 
&  inoccat 
CV<:a,  1 1 . 

Messor,  1  2 . 
merit  fruges  maturas 
Pa  Ice  messor  is,  13. 
colligit  Manipulos,  14. 


r  59  y> 


andbindeththe^//mer5,  15. 

The  Thrasher,  16. 
thrasheth  Corn 
on  the  Bam -floor,  17. 
with  a  Flayl,  18.  tosseth 
it  in  a  winnowing-basket,  jo. 
and  so  when  the  Chaff, 
and  the  Straw,  20. 
are  separated  from  it,  he 
putteth  it  into  Sacks,  12. 

The  Mower,  22. 
maketh  Hay  in  a  Meadow, 
cutting  down  Grass 
with  a  .&'///<?,  23. 
and  raketh  it  together 
with  a  Rake,  24.  and 
maketh  up  Cocks,  26. 
with  a.  fork,  25,  and 
carrieth  it  on  Carriages,  27. 
into  the  Hay-barn,  28. 


&  colligat  Mergetes,  15. 

Tritor,  16. 
triturat  frumentum 
in  y^rm  Horrei,  17. 
Flagello  (tribula),  18. 
jactat  ventilabro,  19. 
atque  ita  Paled 
&  St r amine,  20. 
separata, 
congerit  in  Saccos,  21. 

Fceniseca,  22. 
facit  Fmium  in  Prato, 
desecans  Gramen 
Fake  fcena  ria ,   23. 
corraditque 
Rastro,  24. 

componit  Acervos,  26. 
Furca,  25.  & 
convehit  Vehibus,  27. 
in  Foe  nil e,  28. 


Grasing. 


XLVII. 


Pecuaria. 


(Go) 


Tillage  of  ground, 
and  keeping  Cattle, 
was  in  old  time  the  care 
of  Kings  and  Noble-men  ; 
at  this  Day  only  of  the 
meanest  sort  of  People. 

The  Neat-heard,  i. 
calleth  out  the  Heards,  2. 
out  of  the  Beast-houses,  3. 
with  a  Horn,  4. 
and  driveth  them  to  feed. 

The  Shepherd,  5. 
feedeth  his  Flock,  6. 
being  furnished  with  a 
Pipe,  7.  and  a  Scrip,  8. 
and  a  Sheep-hook,  9. 
having  with  him  a  great 
Dog,  10. 

fenced  with  a  Collar,  11. 
against  the  Wolves. 

Swine,  12.  are 
fed  out  of  a  Swine-Trough. 

The  Farmer 's  Wife,  13. 
milketh  the  Udders 
of  the  Cow,  15. 
at  the  Cratch,  15. 
over  a  milk-pale,   16. 
and  maketh  Butter 
of  Cream 
in  a  Churn,  17. 
and  Cheeses,  18. 
of  Curds. 

The  #W,  19. 
is  shorn  from  Sheep, 
whereof  several  Garments 
are  made. 


Cult  us  Agrorum, 
&  res  pecuaria, 
antiquissimis  temporibus, 
erat  cura  Regum,Heroum; 
hodie  tantum  infirmae 
Plebis, 

Bubulcus,  1. 
evocat  Armenta,  2. 
e  Bovilibus,  3. 
Buccina  (Cornu),  4, 
&  ducit  pastum. 

Opilio  (Pastor),  5. 
pascit  Gregem,  6. 
instructus  Fistula,  7. 
&  Pera,  8. 
ut  &  Pedo,  q. 
habens  secum  Molossuni, 
10. 

munitum  Millo,  11. 
contra  Lupos. 

Sues,  12.  sagi- 
nantur  ex  aqualiculo  harce. 

Villica,  13. 
mulget  Ubera 
vaccce,  14. 
ad  Prcescpe,  15. 
super  mulctra,   16. 
et  facit  Bufyrum 
e  _/&?/r  lactis, 
in  Vase  butyraceo,  17. 
et  Caseos,  18. 
e  Coagulo. 

Lana,  19. 
detondetur  Ovibus, 
ex  qua,  variae  Vestes 
conficiuntur. 


(6i) 
XLVIII. 


The  making  of  Honey. 
r 


Mellificium. 


The  Bees  send  out 
a  swarm,  i.  and  set  over 
it  a  Leader,  2. 

That  swarm 
being  ready  to  fly  away  is 
recalled  by  the  Tinkling 
of  a  brazen  Vessel,  3. 
and  is  put  up 
into  a  new  Hive,  4. 

They  make  little  Cells 
with  six  corners,   5.  and 
fill  them  with  Honey-dew, 
and  make  Combs,  6. 
out  of  which  the  Honey 
runneth,  7. 

The  Partitions  being 
melted  by  fire, 
turn  into  Wax,  8. 


Apes  emittunt 
Examen,  1.  adduntque  illi 
Diicem  (Regem),  2. 

Examen  illud, 
avolaturum, 
revocatur  tinnitu 
Vasis  ccnei,  3. 
&  includitur 
novo  Alveari,  4. 

Struunt  Cellulas 
sexangulares,  5. 
et  complent  eas  Mclligine, 
&  faciunt  Favos,  6. 
e  quibus  Mel 
effluit,  7. 

Crates 
liquati  igne 
abeunt  in  Ceram,  8. 


Grinding. 


(62  ) 
XLIX. 


Molitura 


In  a  Mill,  i. 
a  Stone,  2.  runneth 
upon  a  stone,  3. 

A  Wheel,  4. 
turning  them  about 
and  grindeth  Corn  poured 
in  by  a  Hopper,  5, 
and  parteth  the  Bran,  6. 
falling  into  the  Trough,  7. 
from  the  Meal  slipping 
through  a  Bolter,  8. 

Such  a  Mill  was  first 
a  Hand-mill,  9. 
then  a  Horse-mill,  10. 
then  a  Water-mill,  11. 
then  a  Ship-mill,  12. 
andatlasta  Wind- mill,  13. 


In  Mo  la, 
Lapis,  2.  currit 
super  lapidem,  3, 

./?<?/#,  4. 
circumagente,  et 
conterit  grana  infusa 
per  Infundibulum,  5. 
separatque  Furfurem,  6. 
decidentem  in  Cistam,  7. 
a  Farina  (Polline) 
elabente  per  Fxeussorium,8. 

Talis  Mola  primum  fuit 
Manuaria,  9. 
deinde  Jumcntaria,  10. 
turn  A  qua  tic  a,  1  r. 
&  Navalis,  12.  tandem, 
Alata  (pneumatica),  13. 


Bread-baking. 


Panificium. 


The  Baker,  i. 
sifteth  the  Meal 
in  a  Rindge,  2. 
and  putteth  it  into  the 
Kneading-trough,  3. 

Then  he  poureth  water 
to  it  and  maketh  Dough,  4. 
and  kneadeth  it 
with  a  wooden  slice,  5. 

Then  he  maketh 
Loaves,  6.  Cakes,  7. 
Cimnels,  8.  Rolls,  9,  &c. 

Afterwards  he  setteth 
them  on  a  Peel,  10. 
and  putteth  them  thorow 
the  Oven-mouth,  12. 
into  the  Oven,   1 1. 

But  first  hepullethout 

the  fire  and  the  Coals  with 
a  Coal-rake,  13. 


Pistor,   1 . 
cernit  Farinam 
Cribo,  2.  (pollinario) 
&  indit  Mactra,  3. 

Turn  affundit  aquam, 
&  facit  Massam,  4. 
depsitque 
spatha,  5.  lignea. 

Dein  format 
Panes,  6.  Placentas,  7. 
Si  mi  las,  8.  Spiras,  9.  &c. 

Post  imponit 
Pake,  10. 
&  ingerit  Fur  no,   1 1. 

per  Prcefu  rniu  m,  12. 

Sed  prius  eruit 
ignem  &  Carbones 
Rutabulo,  13. 


f  64; 


which  he  layeth  on  a  heap 
underneath,  14. 

And  thus  is  Breadbaked, 
having  the  Crust  without, 
15.  and  the  Crumb  with- 
in, 16. 


quos  congent 
infra,  14. 

Et  sic  Panis  pinsitur 
habens  extra  Crustam,  15. 
intus  Micam,  16. 


Fishing 


Piscatio. 


The  Fisher -man,  1.  catch- 
eth  fish,   either    on    the 
Shoar,  with  an  Hook,  2. 
which  hangeth  by  a  Line 
from  the  angling-rod, 
on  which  the  Bait  sticketh; 
or  with  a  Cleek-net,  3. 
which  hangeth  on  a  Pole,  4. 
is  put  into  the  Water; 
or  in  a  Boat,  5. 
with  a  Trammel-net,  6. 
or  with  a  Wheel,  7. 
which  is  laid  in  the  Water 
by  Night. 


Piscator,  1.  captat 
pisces,  sive  in  littore, 
Hamo,   2. 
qui  pendet  filo 
ab  arundine, 
&  cui  Esca  inhaeret; 
sive  Fundd,  3. 
quae  pendens  Pcrtica,  4. 
immittitur  aquae ; 
sive  in  Cymba,  5. 
Reti,  6. 
sive  Nassa,  7. 
quae  demergitur 
per  Noctem. 


Fowling. 


Aucupium. 


The  Fowler,  1.  maketh 
a  Bed,  2,  spreadeth 
a  Bird-net,  t,. 
throweth  a  Bait,  4.  upon 
it,  and  hiding  himself 
in  a  Hut,  5. 
he  allureth  Birds, 
by  the  chirping  of  Lure- 
birds,   which    partly   hop 
upon  the  Bed,  6. 
and    are    partly    shut    in 
Cages,  7.  and  thus  he  en- 
tangleth    Birds    that   fly 
over,  in  his  net  whilst  they 
settle  themselves  down. 

Or  he  setteth  Snares,  8. 
on  which  they  hang  and 
strangle  themselves  : 

Or  setteth  Lime-twigs,  9. 
on  a  Perch,  10. 
G 


Auceps,  1.  exstruit 
Areavi,  2.  superstruit 
1111  Bete  aucupatorium,  3. 
obsipat  Escam,  4. 
&  abdens  se 
in  Latibulo,  5. 
allicit  Aves, 
cantu  Illicum, 
qui  partim  in  Area  cur- 
runt,  6. 

partim  inclusi  sunt  Caveis, 
7.  atque  ita  obruit 
transvolantes  Aves  Reti, 
dum  se  demittunt : 

Aut  tendit  Tendiculas,  8. 
quibus  suspendunt  & 
suffocant  seipsas  : 

Aut  exponit  Viscatos  cal- 
amos,  9.  Amiti,  10. 


(66  J 


upon  which  if  they  sit 
they  enwrap  their  Feath- 
ers, so  that  they  cannot  fly 
away,  and  fall  down  to  the 
ground. 

Or  he  catcheth  them 
with  a  Pole,   1 1. 
or  a  Pit-fall,  12. 


quibus  si  insident, 
implicant  pennas, 
ut  nequeant  avolare, 
&  decidunt  in  terram. 

Ant  captat 
Periled,  1 1 . 
vel  Decipuld,  1 2. 


Hunting. 


LIII. 


Venatus. 


The  Hunter,  1. 
huntethwild  Beasts 
whilst  he  besetteth  a 
Wood  with  Toyls,  2. 
stretched  out  upon 
Shoars,  3. 

The  Beagle,  4.  track- 
€th  the  wild  Beast  or  find- 
eth  him  out  by  the  scent ; 
the  Tumbler,ox  Greyhound, 
5.  pursueth  it. 

The  Wolf, 
falleth  in  a  Pit,  6. 


Venator,  \. 
venatur  Feras, 
dura  cingit  Sylvam, 
Cassibus,  2. 
tentis  super 
Varos,  3.  (furcillas.) 

Cam's  sagax,  4. 
vestigat  Feram, 
aut  indagat  odoratu ; 
Vertagus,  5. 
persequitur. 

Lupus, 
incidit  in  Foveam,6. 


(67) 


the  Stag,  7.  as  he  runneth 
away,  into  Toyls. 

The  Boar,  8. 
is  struck  through 
with  a  Hunting-spear,  9. 

The  Bear,  10. 
is  bitten  by  Dogs, 
and  is  knocked 
with  a  Club,  1 1 . 

If  any  thing  get  away, 
it  escapeth,  12.  as  here 
a  Hare  and  a  Fox. 


fugiens  Cervus,  7. 
in  Flag  as. 

Aper,  8. 
transverberatur 
Venabulo,  9. 

Ursus,  10. 
mordetur  a  Canibus, 
&  tunditur 
Clavd,  1 1 . 

Si  quid  effugit, 
evadit,  12.  ut  hie 
Lepus  &  Vulpes. 


Lanionia. 


The  Butcher,  1. 
killeth/a/  Cattle,  2. 
(The  Z<?#//,  3. 
are  not  fit  to  eat.) 

He  knocketh  them  down 
with  an  Ax,  4. 
or  cutteth  their  Throat. 


Lanio,  1. 
mactat  Pecudem  altilem,  2. 

(Vescula,  3. 
non  sunt  vescenda.) 

Prosternit 
Clavd,  4. 
vel  jugulat. 


(68) 


with  a  Slaughter-knife,  5. 
he  flayeth  them,  6. 
and  cutteth  them  in  pieces, 
and  hangeth  out  the  flesh 
to  sell  in  the  Shambles,  7. 
He  dresseth  a  Swine,  8. 
with  fire 

or  scalding  water,  9. 
and  maketh  Gamons,  10. 
Pistils,  1 1 . 
and  Flitches,  12. 

Besides  several  Puddings, 
Chitterlings,  13. 
B  loo  dings,   1 4. 
Liverings,  15. 
Sausages,  16. 

The  .Ftf/,  17.  and 
Tallow,  18.  are  melted. 


Cunaculo,  5. 

excoriat  (deglubit,)  6. 

dissecatque 

&  exponit  carries, 

venum  in  Macello,  7. 

Glabrat  Suem,  8. 
igne, 

vel  aqua  fervida,  9. 
&  facit  Pernas,  10. 
Petasones,  1 1 . 
&  Succidias,  12. 

Praeterea  Farcimina 
varia,  Faliscos,  13. 
Apexabones,  14. 
Tomacula,  15. 
Botulos,  (Lucanicas)  16. 

Adeps,  17.  & 
Sebum,  18.  eliquantur. 


Cookery. 


LV. 


Coquinaria. 


7^  Yeoman  of  the  Larder, 

1.  bringeth  forth  Provision, 

2.  out  of  the  Larder,  3. 


Promus  Condus,   1. 
profert  Obsonia,  2. 
e  Penu,  3. 


f  69; 


The  Cook,  4.  taketh  them 
and  maketh  several  Meats. 

He  first  pulleth  off"  the 
Feathers  and  draweth  the 
Gutts  out  of  the  Birds,  5. 

He  scaleth  and  splitteth 
Fish,  6. 

He  draweth  some  flesh 
with  Lard,  by  means 
of  a  Larding -nee  die,  7. 

He  caseth  Hares,  8. 
then  he  boileth  them  in 
Pots,  9.  and  Kettles,  10. 
on  the  Hearth,  11. 
and  scummeth  them 
with  a  Scummer,   1  2. 

He  seasoneth  things  that 
are  boyled  with  Spices, 
which  he  poundeth  with  a 
Pes  til,  14.  in  a  Morter,  13. 
or  grateth  with  a.  Grater,  15. 

He    roasteth   some    on 
Spits,  16.  and  with  a  Jack, 
17.  or  upon  a  Grid-iron,  18. 

Or  fryeth  them 
in  a  Frying-pan,  19. 
upon  a  Brand-iron,  20. 

Kitchen  utensils  besides 
are, 

a  Coal-rake,  21. 
a  Chafing-dish,  22. 
a  7V<?>',  23. 

(in  which  Dishes,  24.  and 
Flatters,  25.  are  washed), 
a  pair  of  Tongs,  26. 
a  Shredding-knife,  27. 
a  Colander,  28. 
a  Basket,  29. 
and  a  Besom,  30. 


Coquus,  4.  accipit  ea 
&  coquit  z>ar/a  Esculenta. 

Prius  deplumat, 
&  exenterat  ^e>«-,  5. 

Desquamat  & 
exdorsuat  Pisces,  6. 
Trajectat  quasdem  carnes 
Lardo,  ope 
Creacentri,  7. 

Lepores,  8.  exuit, 
turn  elixat  0///V,  9. 
&  Cacabis,   10. 
in  /w<?,  1 1. 
&  despumat 
Lingula,  1 2. 

Condit  elixata, 
Aromatibus, 
quae  comminuit 
Pistillo,  14.  in  Mortario,  13. 
aut  terit  JRaduld,  15. 

Quaedam  assat  Verubus, 
16.  &  Auto  ma  to,  17. 
vel  super  Craticulum,  18. 

Vel  frigit 
Sartagine,  19. 
super  Tripodcm,  20. 

F^jTrt!  Coquinaria  prae- 
terea  sunt, 
Rutabulum,  21. 
Foculus  (Ignitabulum),  22. 
Trua,  23. 

(in  qua  Catini,  24.  & 
Patince,  25.  eluuntur) 
Forceps,  26. 
Culter  incisorius,  27. 
Qualus,  28. 
Cor  bis,  29. 
&  Scopa,  30. 


The  Vintage 


Vindemia. 


Wine  groweth 
in  the  Vine-yard,  i. 
where    Vines   are   propa- 
gated and  tyed  with  Twigs 
to  Trees,  2. 
or  to  Props,  3. 
or  Frames,  4. 

When  the  time  of  Grape- 
gathering    is   come,    they 
cut  off  the  Blenches, 
and  carry  them  in 
Measures  of  three  Bushels,  5 . 
and  throw  them  into  a  Vat, 
6.  and  tread  them 
with  their  Feet,  7. 
or  stamp  them 
with  a  Wooden-Pestil,  8. 
and  squeeze  out  the  juice 
in  a  Wine-press,  9. 
which  is  called  Must,  1 1. 


Vinum  crescit 
in  Vinea,  1. 

ubi  Vites  propagantur, 
&  alligantur  viminibus 
ad  Arbores,  2. 
vel  ad  Falos  (ridicas),  3. 
vel  ad  Juga,  4 

Ciim  tempus  vindemi- 
andi  adest,  abscindunt 
Botros, 

&  comportant 
Trinwdiis,  5. 

conjiciuntque  in  Lacum,6. 
calcant 
Pedibus.  7. 
aut  tundunt 
Ligneo  Pilo,  8. 
&  exprimunt  succum 
Torculari,  9. 
qui  dicitur  Mustum,  11. 


r  7i ; 


and  being  received 
in  a  great  Tub,  10. 
it  is  poured  into 
Hogsheads,  12. 
it  is  stopped  up,  15. 
and  being  laid  close  in  Cel- 
lars upon  Settles,  14. 
it  becometh  Wine. 

It  is  drawn  out  of  the 
Hogshead,  with  a  Cock,  13. 
or  Faucet,  16. 


&  exceptum 

Orcd,  10. 

infunditur 

Vasis  (Doliis),  12. 

operculatur,  15. 

&  abditum  in   Cellis, 

super  Canthcrios,  14. 

abit  in  Vinum. 

Promitur  e  Dolio 
Siphone,  13. 
aut  Tubulo,  16. 


(in  which  is  a  Spigot)  the    '(in  quo  est  Epistomium) 
Vessel  being  unbunged.     IVaserelito. 


Brewing. 


LVII. 


Zythopoie. 


Where  Wine  is  not  to  be 
had  they  drink  Beer, 
which  is  brewed  of  M alt,  1. 
and  Hops,  2. 
in  a  Caldron,  3. 
afterwards  it  is  poured 
into  Vats,  4. 


Ubi  Vinum  non  habetur, 
bibitur  Cerevisia  (Zythus), 
quae  coquitur  ex  Byne,  1. 
&  Lupulo,  2. 
in  Aheno,  3. 
post  effunditur 
in  Lacus,  4. 


( 72 ; 


and  when  it  is  cold, 
it  is  carried  in  Soes,  5, 
into  the  Cellar,  6. 
and  is  put  into  Vessels. 

Brandy -wine, 
extracted  by  the  power  of 
heat  from  dregs  of  Wine  in 
a  Pan,  7.  over  which  a  Lim- 
beck, 8.  is  placed, 
droppeth  through  a  Pipe,  9. 
into  a  Glass. 

Wine  and  Beer  when 
they  turn  sowre,  become 
Vinegar. 

Of  Wine  and 
Honey  they  make  Mead. 


&  frigefactum. 
defertur  Labris,  5. 
in  Cellar ia,  6. 
&  intunditur  vasibus. 

Vinum  subli/natum, 
extractum  vi  Caloris 
e  fecibus  Vini  in  Aheno,  7. 
cui  Alembicum,  8. 
superimpositum  est. 
destillat  per  Tubum,  9. 
in  Vitrum. 

Vinum  &  Cerevisia,  cum 
acescunt,  fiunt  Acettim. 

Ex  Vino  &  Melle  fac- 
iunt  Mu  I  sum. 


A  Feast. 


LVIII. 


Convivium. 


When  a  Feast 
is  made  ready, 
the  table  is  covered 
with  a  Carpet,  \ . 


Cum   Convivium 


apparatur, 
Mensa  sternitur 
Tapetibus,  1. 


(  n  ) 


and  a  Table-cloth,  2. 

by  the  Waiters, 

who  besides  lay 

the  Trenchers,  3. 

Spoons,  4. 

Knives,  5. 

with  little  Forks,  6. 

Table-naphins,  7. 

Bread,  8. 

with  a  Salt-seller,  9. 

Messes  are  brought 
in  Platters,  10. 
a  T'/f?,  19.  on  a  Plate. 

The    Guests    being 
brought  in  by  the  Zf^/,  1 1. 
wash  their  Hands 
out  of  a  Laver,  12. 
or  Ewer,  14. 
over  a  Hand-basin,   13. 
or  Bowl,  15. 
and  wipe  them 
on  a  Hand- towel,  16. 
then  they  sit  at  the  Table 
on  Chairs,  17. 

The  Carver,  18. 
breaketh  up    the   good 
Cheer,  and  divideth  it. 

Sauces  are  set  amongst 
Boast-meat,  in  Sawcers,  20. 

The  Butler,  21. 
filleth  strong  Wine 
out  of  a  Cruise,  25. 
or  Wine -pot,  26. 
or  Flagon,  27. 
into  Oz/Xs-,  22. 
or  Glasses,  23. 
which  stand 
on  a  Cupboard,  24.  and 
he  reacheth  them  to  the 
Master  of  the  Feast,  28.  who 
drinketh  to  his  Guests. 


&  Mappa,  2. 

a  Tricliniariis, 

qui  praeterea  opponunt 

Discos  (Orbes),  3. 

Cochlearia,  4. 

Cultros,   5 . 

cum  Fuscinulis,  6. 

Mappulas,  7. 

Pattern,  8. 

cum  Salino,  9. 

Fercula  inferuntur 
in  Pa  tint's,  10. 
Artocrea,  19.  in  Lance. 

Convivae  introducti 
ab  Hospite,  1 1 . 
abluunt  manus 
e  Gutturnio,  12. 
vel  Aquali,  14. 
super  Malluvium,  13. 
aut  Pclvirn,  1  5. 
terguntque 
Man  tili,  16. 
turn  assident  Mensae 
per  Sedilia,  17. 

S true  tor,  18. 
deartuat  dapes, 
&  distribuit. 

Embammata  interponuntur 
Assutaris  in  Scutellis,  20. 

Pincerna,  21.  infundit 
Temetuni, 
ex  Urceo,   25. 
vel  Cantharo,  26. 
vel  Lagena,  27. 
in  Pocula,  22. 
vel  Vitrea,  23. 
quae  extant 
in  abaco,  24. 
&  porrigit, 
Convivatori,  28. 
qui  propinat  Hospitibus. 


(  7\) 
The  Dressing  of  Line.  LIX.  Tractatio  Lini, 


Line  and  Hemp 
being  rated  in  water, 
and  dryed  again,  i. 
are  braked 

with  a  wooden  Brake,  2. 
where  the  Skives,  3.  fall 
down,  then  they  are  hec- 
kled with  an  IronHeckle,  4. 
where  the  Tow,  5. 
is  parted  from  it. 

Flax  is  tyed  to  a  Distaff, 
6.  by  the  Spinster,  7. 
which  with  her  left  hand 
pulleth  out  the  Thread,  8. 
and  with  her  right  hand 
turneth  a  Wheel,  9. 
or  a  Spindle,  10.  upon 
which  is  a  Wharl,  u. 

The  Spool  receiveth 
the  Thread,  13. 


Linum  &  Cannabis, 
macerata  aquis, 
et  siccata  rursum,  1. 
contunduntur 
Frangibulo  ligneo,  2. 
ubi  Cortices,  3.  decidunt 
turn  carminantur 
Carmine  ferreo,  4. 
ubi  Stupa,  5. 
separatur. 

Linum  purum  alligatur 
Colo,  6.  a  Nc trice,  7. 
quae  sinistra 
t  rah  it  Filum,  8. 
dextera,  1  2. 

Rhomb  urn  (girgillum),  9. 
vel  Fusum,  10. 
in  quo  Verticillus,  11. 

Volva  accipit 
Fila,  13. 


(  7S  J 


which  is  drawn  thence 
upon  a  Yarn-windle,  14. 
hence  either  Clews,  15. 
are  wound  up, 
or  Hanks,  16.  are  made. 


inde  deducuntur 

in  Alabrum,  14. 

hinc  vel  Glomi,  15. 

glomerantur, 

vel  Fasciculi,  16.  fiunt. 


Weaving. 


LX. 


Textura. 


The  Webster 
undoeth  the  Clews,  1. 
into   Warp, 

and  wrappeth  it  about 
the  Beam,  2. 
and  as  he  sitteth 
in  his  Loom,  3. 
he   treadeth    upon   the 
Treddles,  4.  with  his  Feet. 

He  divideth  the  Warp,  5. 
with    Yarn. 

and  throweth  the  Shuttle,  6. 
through,  in  which  is  the 
Woofe,7ind  striketh  it  close. 


Textor 
diducit  Glomos,   1 . 
in  Stamen, 
&  circumvolvit 

JugO,  2. 

ac  sedens 

in  Textrino,  3. 

calcat  Insilia,  4. 

pedibus. 

Diducit  Stamen,  5. 
Liciis, 

&  trajicit  Radium,  6. 
in  quo  est  Trama, 
ac  densat. 


(^ ) 


with  the  Sley,  7. 
and  so  maketh 
Linen  cloth,  8. 

So  also  the  Clothier 
maketh  Cloth  of  Wool. 


Pec  tine,  7. 

atque  ita  conficit 

Linteum,  8. 

Sic  etiam  Pannifex 
facit  P annum  e  Lana. 


Linen  Cloths. 


LXI. 


Lintea. 


Linnen-webs 
are  bleached  in  the  Sun,  i« 
with    Water    poured    on 
them,  2.  till  they  be  white. 

Of  them  the  Sempster,  3. 
soweth  Shirts,  4. 
Handkirchcrs,  5. 
Bands,  6.  Gz/.y,  &c. 

These  if  they  be  fouled, 
are  washed  again 
by  the  Laundress,  7.  in 
water,  or  Lye  and  Sope. 


Linteamina 
insolantur,  1. 
aqua  perfusa,  2. 
donee  candefiant. 

Ex  iis  Sartrix,  3. 
suit  Lndusia,  4. 
Muccinia,  5. 
Collaria,  6.  Capitia,  &c. 

Haec,  si  sordidentur 
lavantur  rursum, 
a  Lot  rice,  7.  aqua, 
sive  Lixivio  ac  Sapone. 


The  Taylor 


Sartor. 


The  Taylor,  i.  cutteth 
Cloth,  2.  with  Shears,  3.  and 
seweth  it  together  with  a 
Needle  and  double  thread,  4. 

Then  he  presseth  the 
Seams  with  a  Pressing-iron, 
5.     And  thus  he  maketh 
Coats,  6. 
with  Plaits,  7. 
in  which  the  Border,  8.  is 
below  with  Laces,  9. 

Cloaks,  10. 
with  a  Gz/£,  1 1. 
and  Sleeve  Coats,   12. 

Doublets,  13. 
with  Buttons,  14. 
and  C«^>,  15. 

Breeches,  16. 
sometimes  with  Pibbons,\j. 

Stochins,  18. 

Gloves,  19. 


Sartor,  1.  discindit 
P annum,  2.  Forfice,  3. 
consuitque  ^«  &  i^'/b 

duplicato,  4. 

Posted  complanat  <S#- 
turas  Ferramento,  5. 

Sicque  conficit 
Tunicas,  6. 
Plica tas,  7. 

in  quibus  infra  est  T^/w- 
£/7#,  8.  cum  Institis,  9. 

Pallia,  10. 
cum  Patagio,  1 1. 
&  Togas  Manicatas,  1 2. 

T ho  races,  13. 
cum  Globulis,  14. 
&  Manicis,  15. 

Caligas,  16.  ali- 
quando  cum  Lemniscis,  17. 

Tibialia,  18. 

Chirothecas,  19. 


(1%) 


Muntero  Caps,  20.  &c. 

So  the  Furrier 
maketh  Furred  Garments 
of  Furs. 


Amiculu?n,  20.  &c. 

Sic  Pellio 
facit  Pellicia 
e  Pellibus. 


The  Shoemaker. 


LXIII. 


Sutor. 


The  Shoemaker,  i . 
maketh  Slippers,  7. 
Shoes,  8. 

(in  which  is  seen 
above,  the  Upper-leather, 
beneath  the  Sole, 
ancTon  both  sides 
the  Latchets) 
Foots,  9. 

and  High  Shoes,  10. 
of  Leather,  5. 
(which  is  cut  with  a 
Cutting-knife),  6. 
by  means  of  an  Awl,  2. 
and  Ling  el,  3. 
upon  a  Last,  4. 


Sutor,  1. 
conficit    Crepidas  (San- 
dal ia,)  7.  Calccos,  8. 
(in  quibus  spectatur 
superne  Obstragulum, 
in  feme  Solea, 
et  utrinque 
A  usee) 
Ocreas,  9. 
et  Per  ones,  10. 
e  Corio,  5. 
(quod  discinditur 
Scalp ro  Sutorio,  6.) 
ope  Subuloz,  2. 
et  Fili/zVtf/z',  3. 
super  Afodum,  4. 


The  Carpenter 


Faber  ligrriarius. 


We  have  seen  Man's  food 
and  clothing :  now  his 
Dwelling  followeth. 

At  first  they  dwelt 
in  Caves,  i.  then  in 
Booths  or  Huts,  z. 
and  then  again  in  Tents,  3. 
at  the  last  in  Houses. 

The  Woodman 
felleth  and  heweth  down 
Trees,  5.  with  an  Ax,  4. 
the  Boughs,  6.  remaining. 

He  cleaveth  Knotty  Wood 
with  a  Wedge,  7. 
which  he  forceth  in 
with  a  Beetle,  8. 
and  maketh  Wood-stacks,  9. 

The  Carpenter 
squareth  Timber 
with  a  Chip-Ax,  10. 


Hominis  victum  &  ami- 
ctum,  vidimus:  sequitur 
nunc  Domicilium  ejus. 

Primo  habitabant 
in  Specubus,  1.  deinde  in 
Tabernaculis  vel  Tuguriis,z. 
turn  etiam  in  Ten  tor  it's,  3. 
demum  in  Domibus. 

Lignator 
sternit  &  truncat 
Ar bores,  5.  Securi,  4. 
remanentibus  Sarmentis,  6. 

Findit  Nodosum, 
Lignum  Cuneo,  7. 
quern  adigit 
Tudite,  8. 
&  componit  Strues,  9. 

Faber  Lignarius 
ascit  Ascia,  10. 
Materiem, 


(So  J 


whence  Chips,  n.  fall,  and 
saweth  it  with  a  Saw,  12. 
where  the  Saw- dust,  13. 
falleth  down. 

Afterwards  he  lifteth 
thejBeam  upon  Tressels,  14. 
by  the  help  of  a  Pully,  15. 
fasteneth  it 
with  Cramp-irons,  16. 
and  marketh  it  out 
with  a  Line,  17. 

Thus  he  frameth 
the  Walls  together,  18. 
and  fasteneth  the  great 
pieces  with  Pins,  19. 


unde  Assulce,  11.  cadunt, 
&  serrat  Serrd,  12. 
ubi  Scobs,  13. 
decidit. 

Post  elevat 
Tig  man  super  Canter  ios,  1 4* 
ope  Trochlea;,  15. 
affigit 
Ansis,  16. 
&  lineat 
Amussi,   17. 

Turn  compaginat 
Parictes,  18. 
&  configit  trabes 
Clavis  trabalibus,   19. 


The  Mason. 


LXV. 


Faber  Murariusr 


The  Mason,  1. 
layeth  a  Foundation, 
and  buildeth  Walls,  2. 

Either  of  Stones 
which  the  Stone-digger  get- 
teth  out  of  the  Quarry,  3. 


Faber  Murarius,  I. 
ponit  Fundan/entum, 
&  struit  Muros,  2. 

Sive  e  Lapidibus, 
quos  Lapidarius 
eruit  in  Lapicidina,  3. 


and  the  Stone-cutter,  4. 
squareth  by  a  Rule,  5. 

Or  of  Bricks,  6. 
which  are  made 
of  Sand  and  Clay 
steeped  in  water, 
and  are  burned  in  fire. 

Afterwards  he  plaister 
eth  it  with  Lime, 
by  means  of  a  Trowel, 
and  garnisheth  with  a 
Rough-east,  S. 
Engines. 


(%x  ) 

&  Latomus,  4. 

conquadrat  ad  Normam,  5. 

Sive  e  Lateribus,  6. 
qui  formantur, 
ex  Arena  &  Luto, 
aqua  intritis 
&  excoquuntur  igne. 

Dein  crustat 
Calcc, 

ope  Trulhc,  7. 
&  vestit  Teetorio,  8. 


LXVI. 


Machinae. 


One  can  carry 
as  much  by  thrusting 
a  Wheel-barrow,  3. 
before  him,  (having 
an  Harness,  4.  hanging 


Unus  potest  ferre 
tantum  trudendo 
Pabonem,  3. 
ante  se, 
(siErumna, 


on  his  neck,)  as  two  men  jSuspensa  a  Collo)  quan- 
czn  carry  on  a.  Colestajf,  1.  turn  duo  possunt  ferre 
or  Hand-barrow,  2.  -Palangd,  vel  Feretro,  2. 


f  82  ; 


But  he  can  do  more  that 
rolleth  a  Weight  laid  upon 
Rollers,  6.  with  a  Leaver,  5. 

A  Wind-beam,  7. 
is  a  post,  which  is 
turned  by  going  about  it. 

A  Crane ;  8. 
hath  a  Hollow-wheel, 
in  which  one  walking 
draweth  weights  out  of  a 
Ship,  or  letteth  them  down 
into  a  Ship. 

A  Rammer,  9. 
is  used  to  fasten 
Piles,  10. 

it  is  lifted  with  a  Rope 
drawn  by  P  allies,  11. 
or  with  hands, 
if  it  have  handles,  12. 


Plus  autem  potest  qui  pro- 
volvit  Molem  impositam 
Phalangis  (Cylindris,    6.) 
Vccte,  5.     Ergata,  7. 
est  columella,  qua; 
versatur  circumeundo. 

Geranium,  8. 
habet  Tympanum, 
cui  inambulans  quis 
extrahit  pondera  navi, 
aut  demittit  in  navem. 

Fistuca,  9. 
adhibetur  ad  pangendum 
Sublicas,  10. 
adtollitur  Fune 
tracto  per  Trochleas,   11. 
vel  manibus, 
si  habet  ansas,  12. 


A  House. 


LXVII. 


Domus. 


The  Porch,  1. 
is  before  the  Door 
of  the  House. 


Vestibulum,  1. 
est  ante  Januam 
Domus. 


rs3; 


The  Door  hath 
a  Threshold,  z. 
and  a  Lintel,  3. 
and  Posts,  4.  on  both  sides. 

The  Hinges,  5. 
are  upon  the  right  hand, 
upon  which  the  Doors,  6. 
hang,  the  Latch,  7. 
and  the  Bolt,  8. 
are  on  the  left  hand. 

Before  the  House 
is  a  Fore-court,  9. 
with  a  Pavement 
of  square  stones,  10. 
born  up  with  Pillars,  11. 
in  which  is  the  Chapiter,  12. 
and  the  Base,  13. 

They  go  up  into  the  up- 
per Stories  by   Greess,  14. 
and  Winding-stairs,  15. 

The  Windows,    16. 
appear  on  the  outside, 
and  the  Grates,  17. 
the  Galleries,  18. 
the  Watertables,  19. 
the  Butteresses,  20. 
to  bear  up  the  walls. 

On  the  top  is  the  Poo/,  21. 
■covered  with  Tyles,  22. 
or  Shingles,  23. 
which  lie  upon  Laths,  24. 
and  these  upon  Rafters,  25. 

The  Eaves,  26. 
adhere  to  the  Roof. 

The  place  without  a  Roof 
is  called  an  open  Gallery,  27. 

In  the  Roof  are 
Jet 'tings  out,  28. 
and  Pinnacles,  29. 


Janua  habet 
Li  men,  2. 

&  Superliminare,  3. 
&  Postes,  4.  utrinque. 

Car  dines,  5. 
sunt  a  dextris, 
a  quibus  pendent  Fores,  6. 
Claustrum,  7. 
aut  Pessulus,  8. 
a  sinistris. 

Sub  aedibus 
est  Cavcedium,  9. 
Pavimento 
Tessellato,   1  o. 
fulcitum  Columnis,  11. 
in  quibus  Peris tyliu m,   12. 
&  Basis,  i  3. 

Ascenditur  in  superiores 
contignationes  per  Scalas, 
14.  &  Cocklidia,  15. 

Fenestra,  16. 
apparent  extrinsecus, 
&  Cancelli  (clathra),  17. 
Pergulie,  18. 
Suggrundia,  19. 
&  Fulcra,  20. 
fulciendis  muris. 

In  summo  est  Tectum,  21. 
contectum  Lmoricious  (teg- 
ulis),  22.  vel   Scandulis,  23. 
quae    incumbunt    Tigillis, 
24.  haec  Tig n is,  25. 

TVr/V?  adhaeret 
Stillicidiu  m,  26. 

Locus  sine  Tecto 
dicitur  Subdiale,   27. 

In  Tecto  sunt 
Meniana,  28. 
&  Coronides,  29. 


A  Mine. 


(84  J 
LXVIII. 


Metallifodina. 


Miners,  1. 
go  into  the  Grave,  2. 
by  a  Stick,  3. 
or  by  Ladders,  4. 
with  Lanthorns,  5. 
and  dig  out  with  a 
Pick,  6.  the  Oar, 
which  being  put  in  Baskets 

7.  is  drawn  out  with  a  Rope, 

8.  by  means  of  a  Turn,  9. 
and  is  carried 

to  the  Melting-house,  10. 
where  it  is  forced  with  fire, 
that   the   Metal  may     run 
out,    12.    the   Dross,   11.   is 
thrown  aside. 


Metalli  fossores,  1. 
ingrediuntur  Puteuvi  fod- 
i/ice,  2.  Bacillo,  3, 
sive  Gradibus,  4. 
cum  Lucernis,  5. 
&  effodiunt  Ligone,  6. 
terrain  Metallicam, 
quae  imposita  Corbibus,  7. 
extrahitur  Fune,  8. 
ope  Machiruc.  traetorioe,  9. 
&  defertur 
in  Ustrinam,  10. 
ubi  urgetur  igne, 
ut  Metalluni,  12.  profluat 
Scor'ue,  11.  abjiciuntur 
scorsim. 


The  Blacksmith. 
rw 


r  85 ) 

LXIX. 


Faber  Ferrarius. 


The  Blacksmith,  1. 

in  his  Smithy  (or  Forge),  2. 

bloweth  the  fire 

with  a. pair  of  Bellows,  3. 

which  he  bloweth 

with  his  Feet,  4. 

and  so  heateth  the  Iron  : 

And  then  he  taketh  it 
out  with  the  Tongs,  5. 
layeth  it  upon  the  Anvile,  6. 
and  striketh  it 
with  an  Hammer,  7. 
where  the  sparks,  8.  fly  off". 

And  thus  are  hammer'd 
out,  Nails,  9. 
Horse-shoes,  10. 
Cart-strakes,  1 1 . 
Chains,  12. 

Plates,  Locks  and  Keys, 
Hinges,  &c. 

He  quencheth  hot  Irons 
in  a  Cool-trough. 


Faber  ferrarius,  1 . 
in  Ustrina  (Fabricd),  2. 
inflat  ignem 
Folle,  3. 
quern  adtollit 
Fede,  4. 
atq;  itacandefacit  Ferrum: 

Deinde  eximit 
Forcipe,   5. 
imponit  IncuJi,  6. 
&  cudit 
Malleo,  7. 
ubi  Strict urce,  8.  exiliunt. 

Et  sic  excuduntur, 
Clavi,  9. 
So  lea,  10. 
Canthi.    1  1 . 
Catencc,   1  2 . 

Lamince,  Senecxxxw  Clavibus, 
Cardines,  &c. 

Restinguit  cadentia, 
Ferramenta  in  Lacu. 


(  86  ) 

LXX. 

The  Box-maker  and  the  Turner. 


Scrinarius 
The  Box-maker,  i. 

smootheth  hewen  Boards,  2. 

with  a  Plain,  3. 

upon  a  work-board,  4.  he 

maketh  them  very  smooth 

with  a  little-plain,   5. 

he  boreth  them  thorow 

with  an  Augre,  6.  carv- 

eth  them  with  a  Knife,  7. 

fasteneth  them  together 

with  G/ew  a.nd  Cramp-irons. 

8.  and  maketh  Tables,  9. 

Boards,  10. 

Chests,  11.  &c. 
The  Turner,  1 2 . 

sitting  over  the  Treddle,i$. 

turneth  with  a  Throw,   15. 


&  Tornator. 

Arcularius,    1, 
edolat  Assercs,  2. 
Runcina,  3. 
in  Tabula,  4. 
deplanat 
Planula,  5. 
perforat  (terebrat) 
Terebra,  6. 
sculpit  Cultro,  7. 
combinat 

Glutine  &  Subscudibus,  8. 
&  facit  Tabu  las,  9. 
Mensas,    to. 
Arcus  (Cistas),  11.  &c. 

Tornio,  12. 
sedens  in  Insili,  13. 
tornat  Tor  no,  15. 


rs7) 


upon  a  Turners  Bench,  14. 

Bowls,  16.  Tops,  17, 

Puppets,  18.  and 

such  like  Turners  Work. 


super  Scam  no  Tornatorio, 
14.  Globos,  16.  C onos,  17. 
Icunculas,  18.  & 
si m ilia  Toreumata. 


The  Potter 


LXXI. 


Fi^ulus. 


The  /V^r,  1. 
sitting  over  a  Wheel,  2. 
maketh  Tots,  4. 
Pitchers,  5. 
Pipkins,  6. 
Platters,  7. 
Pudding-pans,  8. 

IAs^i  9- 

Znft,  10.  &c. 

of  Potter  s  Clay,  3. 

afterwards  he  baketh  them 

in  an  (9zv//,  1 1. 

and  glazeth  them 

with  White  Lead. 

A  broken  Pot  affordeth 
Pot-sheards,  12. 


Pig  u  las,  1. 
sedens  super  Rota,  2. 
format  Ollas,  4. 
Urceos,  5. 
Tripodcs,  6. 
Patinas,  7. 
Ftf.crt  testacca,  8. 
Fidelias,  9. 
Ope  re  ul a,  10.  &c. 
ex  Argil  Id,  3. 
postea  excoquit 
in  Fur  no,  1 1. 
&  incrustat 
Lithargyro. 

Fracta  Olla  dat 
Tcstas,  1 2 . 


The  Parts  of  a  House 


(SS  j 
LXXII. 


Partes  Domus 


A  House  is  divided 
into  inner  Rooms, 
such  as  are  the  Entry,  1. 
the  Stove,  2. 
the  Kitchen,  3. 
the  Buttery,  4. 
the  Dining  Room,  5. 
the  Gallery,  6. 
the  Bed  Chamber,  7.  with 
a  Privy,  8.  made  by  it. 

Baskets,  9. 
are  of  use  for  carrying 
things. 

and  Chests,  10.  (which  are 
made  fast  with  a  -Key,  11.) 
for  keeping  them. 

Under  the  Roof, 
is  the  Floor,  1 2. 

In  the  Yard,  13. 
is  a  JfW/,  14. 
a  Stable,  15. 


Domus  distinguitur 
in  Conclavia, 
ut  sunt  Atrium,    1. 
Hypocaustunt,  2. 
CV/Az  Penuaria,  4. 
Cccfiaculum,  5. 
Camera,  6.  Cubiculum,  7. 
cum  Secessu  (Latrina),  8. 
adstructo. 

Corbes,  9. 
inserviunt  rebus 
transferendis, 
Arcce,  10. 

(quae  Clava,  11.   recludun- 
tur)  adfervandis  illis. 

Sub  Tecto,  est  Solum 
(Pavimentum),  12. 

In  Area,  13. 
Puteus,  14. 
Stabulum,  15. 


(*9) 


and  a  Bath,  16. 

Under  the  House 
is  the  Cellar,  17. 


cum  Balnea,  16. 
Sub  Domo 

est  Cella,  17. 


LXXIII. 

The  Stove  with  the   Bed-room. 


Hypocaustum 

The  Stove,  1. 
is  beautified 
with  an  Arched  Roof,  2 . 
and  wainscoted  Walls,  3. 

It  is  enlightened 
with  Windows,  4. 

It  is  heated 
with  an  Oven,  5. 

Its  Utensils  are 
Benches,  6. 
Stools,  7. 
Tables,  8. 
with  Tress  els,  9. 
Footstools,  10. 
and  Cushions,  1 1 . 


cum   Dormitorio. 

Hypocaustum  %  1 . 

ornatur 

Laqucari,  2. 

&  tabulatis  Parietibus,  3 

Illuminatur 
Fenestris,  4. 

Calefit 
Fomacc,  5. 

Ejus  Utensilia  sunt 
Scamna,  6. 
i  Sellcc,  7 . 
i  Mensa,  8. 
I  cum  Filler  is,  9. 
!  ac  Sea  bell  is,  10. 
I  &  Culcitris,  1 1 . 


(  go  ) 


There  are  also  Tapestries 
hanged,  12. 

For  soft  lodging 
in  a  Sleeping-room,  13. 
there  is  a  Bed,  14. 
spread  on  a  Bed-sted,  15. 
upon  a  Straw -pad,   16. 
with  Sheets,  17. 
and  Cover -lids,  18. 

The  Bolster,  19. 
is  under  ones  head. 

The  Bed  is  covered 
with  a  Canopy,  20. 

A  Chamber-pot,  2 1 . 
is  for  making  water  in. 


Appenduntur  etiam 
Tapetes,  12. 

Pro  levi  cubatu, 
in  Dormitorio,   13. 
est  Lectus,  (Cubile)  14. 
stratus  in  Sponda,  15. 
super  Stramentum,  16. 
cum  Lodicibus,  17. 
&  Stragulis,  18. 

Cervical,  19. 
est  sub  capite. 

Canopeo,  20. 
Lectus  tegitur. 

Ma  tula,  2  1 . 
est  vesicae  levandae. 


Wells. 


LXXIV. 


Putei. 


Where  Springs  are  want- 1      Ubi  Fontes  deliciunt, 
ing,  Wells,  l.are  digged.       Putei,  1.  effodiuntur, 
and  they  are  compassed       &  circumdantur 
about  with  a  Brandrith,  2.    \Crepidine,  2. 
lest  any  one  fall  in.  ne  quis  incidat. 

Thence  is  water  drawn         Inde  aqua  hauritur 


(  9»  ) 


with  Buckets,  3. 

hanging  either  at  a  Pole,  4. 

or  a  Rope,  5. 

or  a  Chain,  6. 

and  that  either  by  a  Swipe, 

7.  or  a  IVindle,  8. 

or  a  Turn,  9. 

with  a  Handle 

or  a  Wheel,  10. 

or  to  conclude, 

by  a  Pump,  1 1 . 


Umis  (situlis),  3. 

pendentibus  vel  Pertica,  4. 

vel  Func,  5. 

vel  Catena,  6. 

idque  aut  Tollenone,  7. 

aut  Girgillo,  8. 

aut  Cylindro,  9. 

Manubriato. 

aut  i?<?ta  (tympano),  10. 

aut  deinque 

Ant  I  id,  1  t. 


The  Bath. 


LXXV. 


Balneum. 


He  that  desireth  to  be 
wash'd  in  cold  water, 
goeth  down  intoa^/ew,  1. 

In  a  Bathing-house,  2. 
we  wash  off  the  filth 
either  sitting  in  a  Tub,  3. 
or  going  up 
into  the  Hot-house,  4. 


Qui  cupit  lavari 
aqua  frigida, 
descendit  in  Fluvium,    1. 

In  Balnea rio,   2. 
abluimus  squalor cs, 
sive  sedentes  in  Labro,  3. 
sive  conscendentes 
in  Sudatorium,  4. 


r  9 

and  we  are  rubbed 
with  a  Pumice-stone,  6. 
or  a  Hair-cloth,  5. 

In  the  Stripping -r 00m ,  7. 
we  put  off  our  clothes, 
and  are  tyed  about 
with  an  Apron,  8. 

We  cover  our  Head 
with  a  Cap,  9. 
and  put  our  feet 
into  a  Bason,  10. 

The  Bath-woman,  11. 
reacheth  water  in  a  Bucket, 
12.    drawn    out    of  the 
Trough,  13.  into  which  it 
runneth  out  of  Pipes,  14. 

The  Bath-keeper,  15. 
lanceth  with  a  Lancet,  16. 
and  by  applying 
Cupping-glasses,  1  7 . 
he  draweth  the  Blood 
betwixt  the  skin  and  the 
flesh,  which  he  wipeth 
away  with  a  Spunge,  18. 


2  ) 

&  defricamur 
Pumice,  6. 
aut  Cilicio,  5. 

In  Apodyterio,  7. 
exuimus  Vestes, 
&  praecingimur  Castula 
(Subligari),  8. 

Tegimus  caput 
Pileolo,  9. 

&  imponimus  pedes 
Telluvio,  10. 

Balneatrix,  1 1 . 
ministrat  aquam  Situla,  1 2. 
haustam  ex  Alveo,  13. 
in  quern  defluit 
e  Canalibus,  14. 

Balneator,  15. 
scarificat  Scalpro,  16. 
&  applicando 
Cucurbitas,  17. 
ex t  rah i t  Sanguinem 
subcutaneum, 
quem  abstergit 
Spongid,  1 8 . 


The  Barbers  Shop 


Tonstrina. 


The  Barber,  i. 
in  the  Barbers-shop,  2. 
cutteth  off  the  Hair 
and  the  Beard 
with  a  pair  of  Sizzars,  3. 
or  shaveth  with  a  Razor, 
which  he  taketh 
out  of  his  Case,  4. 

And  he  washeth  one 
over  a  Bason,  5. 
with  Suds  running 
out  of  a  Laver,  6. 
and  also  with  Sope,  7. 
and  wipeth  him 
with  a  Towel,  8. 
combeth  him  with  a  Comb, 
9.  and  curleth  him 
with  a  Crisping  Iron,  10. 

Sometimes  he  cutteth  a 
Vein  with  a  Pen-knife,  11. 
where  the  Blood  spirteth 
out,  12. 


Tonsor,  1 . 
in  Tonstrina,  2. 
tondet  C rines 
&  Barbam 
Foreipc,  3. 
vel  radit  Novacula, 
quam  depromit 
e  Thcca,  4. 

Et  lavat 
super  Peh'im,  5. 
Lixivio  defluente 
e  Gulturnio,   6. 
ut  &  Sapone,  7. 
&  tergit 
Linteo,  8. 
pectit  Pec  tine,  9. 
crispat 
Calamistro,  10. 

Interdum  secat  Venam 
Scalpello,  1 1 . 

ubi  Sanguis  propullulat^ 
12. 


(9\) 


The  Chirurgeon  cureth  Chirurgus  curat 

Wounds.  Vulnera. 


The  Stable. 


LXXVII. 


Equile. 


The  Horse-keeper,  I. 
cleaneth  the  Stable 
from  Dung,  2. 

He  tyeth  a  Horse,  3. 
with  a  Halter,  4. 
to  the  Manger,  5. 
or  if  he  apt  to  bite, 
he  maketh  him  fast 
with  a  Muzzle,  6. 

Then  he  streweth  Litter, 
7.  under  him. 

He  winnoweth  Oats 
with  a  Van,  8. 
(being  mixt 

with  Chaff,  and  taken  out 
of  a  Chest,  10.) 
and  with  them  feedeth  the 
Horse,  as  also  with  Hay,  9. 


Stabularias  (Equiso),  1. 
purgat  Stabulum 
a  Fimo,  2 . 

Alligat  Equum,  3. 
Capistro,  4. 
ad  Prcesepe,  5. 
aut  si  mordax 
constringit 
Fiscclla,  6. 

Deinde  substernit  Stra- 
menta,  7. 

Ventilat  Avcnam, 
Vanno,  8. 

(Paleis  mixtam,  ac  de- 
pro  mp  tarn  a,  Cista  tabula- 
toria,  10.) 

caque  pascit  equum, 
ut  &  Fee  no,  9. 


(9S) 


Afterwards  he  leadeth 
him  to  the  Watering-trough, 
1 1.  to  water. 

Then  he  rubbeth  him 
with  a  Cloth,  12. 
combeth  him 
with  a  Curry-comb,  15. 
covereth  him 
with  an  Housing-cloth,  14. 
and  looketh  upon  his  Hoofs 
whether  the  Shoes,  13. 
be  fast  with  the  Nails. 


Postea  ducit 
ad  Aquarium,  1 1 . 
aquatum. 

Turn  detergit 
Pan  no,  12. 
depectit 
Strigili,   1 5 . 
insternit 
Gausapc,  14. 
&  inspicit  Soleas, 
an  Calcei  ferrei,  13. 
firmis  Clavis  haereant. 


Dials, 


LXXVII. 


Horologia. 


A  Dial 
measureth  Hours. 

A  Sun-dial,  1. 
sheweth  by  the  shadow 
of  the  Pin,  2. 
what  a  Clock  it  is; 
either  on  a  Wall, 
or  a  Compass,  3, 

An  Hour-glass,  4. 


Horologium 
dimetitur  Horas. 

Solarium,  1. 
ostendit  umbni 
Gnomonis,  2. 
quota  sit  Horn  ; 
sive  in  Pariete, 
sive  in  Pyxide Magnetica,  3. 

Clepsydra,  4. 


(&) 


sheweth  the  four  parts  of 
an  hour  by  the  running  of 
Sand,  heretofore  of  water. 

A  Clock.  5. 
numbereth  also  the 
Hours  of  the  Night,  by 
the  turning  of  the  Wheels, 
the  greatest  whereof 
is  drawn  by  a  Weight,  6. 
and  draweth  the  rest. 

Then  either  the  Bell,  7. 
by  its  sound,  being  struck 
on  by  the  Hammer,  or  the 
Hand,  8.  without,  by  its 
motion  about  sheweth  the 
hour. 


ostendit  partes  horae  qua- 
tuor,  fluxu  Arena', 
olim  aquae. 

Automaton,  5. 
numerat  etiam 
Nocturnas  Horas, 
circulatione  Rotarum, 
quarum  maxima 
trahitur  a  Pondere,  6. 
&  trahit  caeteras. 

Turn  vel  Campana,  7. 
sonitu  suo,  percussa 
a  Malleolo,  vel  Index  extra 
Circuitione  sua 
indicat  horam. 


The  Picture. 


LXXIX, 


Pictura. 


Pictures,  1. 
delight  the  Eyes 
and  adorn  Rooms. 

The  Painter,  2. 
painteth  an  Image 


Pictures,  1. 
oblectant  Oculos 
&  ornant  Conclavia. 

Pictor,  2. 
pingit  Effigiem 


(97  ) 


with  a  Pencil,  3. 

in  a  Table,  4. 

upon  a  Case-frame,  5. 

holding  his  Pollet,  6.  in  his 

left  harfd, 

on  which  are  the  Paints 

which  were  ground  by  the 

Boy,  7.  on  a  Marble. 

The  Carver 
and  Statuary 
carve  Statues,  8. 
of  Wood  and  Stone. 

The  Graver 
and  the  Cutter 
grave  Shapes,  10. 
and  Characters 
with  a  Graving  Chcsil,  9. 
in  Wood,  Brass, 
and  other  Metals. 


Penicilio,  3. 

in  Tabula,  4. 

super  Pluteo,  5. 

tenens  Orbem  Pictorium,  6. 

in  sinistra, 

in  quo  Pigmenta 

quae  terebantur  a 

puero,  7.  in  marmore. 

Sculptor, 
&   Statuarius 
exsculpunt  Statuas,  8. 
e  Ligno  &  Lapide. 

Collator 
&  Scalptor 

insculpit  Figuras,  10. 
&  Characteres, 
Ccelo,  9. 
Ligno,  y£ri, 
aliisque  Metallis. 


Looking-glasses. 


LXXX. 


Specularia. 


Looking-glasses,  1 
I 


Specularia,  1, 


(9*) 


are  provided  that  Men 
may  see  themselves. 

Spectacles,  2. 
that  he  may  see  better, 
who  hath  a  weak  sight. 

Things  afar  off  are  seen 
in  a  Perspective  Glass,  3. 
as  things  near  at  hand. 

A  Flea  appeareth 
in  a  muliplying-glass,  4. 
like  a  little  hog. 

The  Rays  of  the  Sun, 
burn  wood 
through  a  Burning-glass,  5. 


parantur,  ut  homines 
intueantur  seipsos. 

Perspicilla,  2. 
ut  cernat  acius 
qui  habet  visum  debilem. 

Remota  videntur 
per  telescopium,  3. 
ut  proxima. 

Pulex,  4. 
in  Microscopio  apparet 
ut  porcellus. 

Radii  Solis 
accendunt  ligna 
per  Vitrum  urens,  5. 


The  Cooper. 


LXXXI. 


Vietor. 


The  Cooper,  1. 
having  an  Apron,  2,  tied 
about  him, 
maketh  Hoops 
of  Hazel-rods,  3. 
upon  a  cutting-block,  4. 
with  a  Spoke-Shave,  5. 


Vietor,   1. 
amictus  Prcecinctorio,  2. 

facit  Circulos, 
&  Virgis  Colurnis,  3. 
super  Sellam  incisoriam,  4. 
Scalpro  bimanubriato,  5. 


(99) 


and  Lags,  6.  of  Timber, 

Of  Lags  he  maketh  Hogs- 
heads, 7.  and  Pipes,  8. 

with  two  Heads  ; 

and  Tubs,  9. 

•Si?<f.r,  10. 

Flaskets,  11. 

Buckets,  12. 

with  one  Bottom. 
Then  he  bindeth  them 

with  Hoops,  13. 

which  he  tyeth  fast 

with  small  Twigs,   15. 

by  means  of  a  Cramp-iron, 

14.  and  he  fitteth  them  on 

with  a  Mallet,  16. 

and  a  Driver,  17. 


&  Assulas,  6.  ex  Ligno. 

Ex  Assulis  conficit 
Dolia,  7.  &  Cupas,  8. 
Fundo  bino; 
turn  Lacus,  9. 
Labra,  10. 

Pitynas  [Trimodia],  11. 
&  Si  tula  s,  12. 
fundo  uno. 

Postea  vincit 
Circuit's,  13. 
quos  ligat 
Viminibus,  15. 
ope  Falcis  vie tor ia,  14. 
&  aptat 
Tudite,  16. 
ac  Tudicula,  1 7. 


LXXXII. 
The  Roper,  and  the  Cordwainer. 


Restio,  &  Lorarius. 
The  Roper,  1 .  Restio,  \ . 


(  IO°  ) 


twisteth  Cords,  z. 

of  Tow,  or  Hemp,  4. 

(which  he  wrappeth  about 

himself)  by 

the  turning  of  a  Wheel,  3. 

Thus  are  made 
first  Cords,  5. 
then  Ropes,  6. 
and  at  last,  Cables,  7. 

The  Cord-wainer,  8. 
cutteth  great  Thongs,  10. 
Bridles,  1 1 . 
Girdles,  12. 
Sword-belts,  13. 
Poaches,  14. 
Port-mantles,  15.  &c. 
out  of  a  Beast-hide,  9. 


contorquet  Funes,  2. 

e  Stupa,  4.  vel  Cannabis 

quam  circumdat 

sibi 

agitatione  Rotuhe,  3. 

Sic  fiunt, 
primo  Funiculi,  5. 
turn  Restes,  6. 
tandem  Rudentes,   7. 

Lorarius,  8. 
scindit  Loramenta,   10. 
Frcena,  11. 
Cingula,  1  2 . 
Baltheos,  13. 
Crumenas,  14. 
Hippoperas,  15.,  &c. 
de  <r<?r/<?  bubulo,  9. 


The  Traveller. 


LXXXIII. 


Viator. 


A  Traveller,  1. 
beareth  on  his  shoulders 


Viator,  1. 
portat  humeris 


in  a  Budget,  2. 

those  things 

which  his  Satchel,  3. 

ox  Pouch,  4.  cannot  hold. 

He  is  covered 
with  a  Cloak,  5. 

He  holdeth  a  Staff,  6.  in 
his  hand  wherewith 
to  bear  up  himself. 

He  hath  need  of 
Provision  for  the  way, 
as  also  of  a  pleasant  and 
merry  Companion,  7. 

Let  him  not  forsake  the 
High-road,  9.  for  a  Foot- 
way,   8.    unless    it    be  a 
beate?i  Path. 

By-ways,  10. 
and  places  where  two  ways 
meet,  1 1 . 

deceive  and  lead  men  aside 
into  uneven-places,  12. 
so  do  not  By-paths,  13. 
and  Cross-ways,  14. 

Let  him  therefore  en- 
quire   of   those   he   mecteth, 
1  5.  which  way  he  must  go; 
and  let  him  take  heed 
of  Robbers,  1 6. 
as  in  the  way,  so  also 
in  the  /;///,  17.  where 
he  lodgeth  all  Night. 


( 101 ; 

in  Bulga,  2. 
quae  non  capit 
Funda,  3. 
vel  Marsupium,  4. 

Tegitur 
Lacernd,  5. 

Tenet  Baculum,  6.  Manu 
quo 
se  fulciat. 

Opus  habet 
Viatico, 

ut  &  fido  &  facundo 
Comite,  7. 

Non  deserat  Viam 
regiam  propter  Semitam,  %. 
nisi  sit 
Callis  tritus. 

A  via,   10. 
&  Bivia,  1 1 . 


fallunt  &  seducunt, 
in  Salcbras,  1  2. 
non  aequo  Tramites,  13. 
&  Cotnpita,  14. 

Sciscitet  igitur 
obvios,  15. 
qua  sit  eundum  ; 
&  caveat 
Prozdoncs,  16. 
ut  in  vid,  sic  etiam 
i  n  Diversorio,  1 7 . 
ubi  pernoctat. 


The  Horse-man 


(  102 ) 

LXXXIV. 


Eques. 


The  Morse-man,  i. 
setteth  a  Saddle,  z. 
on  his  Horse,  3. 
and  girdeth  it  on 
•with  a  Girth,  4. 

He  layeth  a  Saddle-cloth, 
5.  also  upon  him. 

He   decketh    him  with 
Trappings,  a  Fore-stall,  6. 
a  Breast-cloth,  7. 
and  a  Crupper,  8. 

Then  he  getteth  upon 
his  Horse,  putteth  his  feet 
into  the  Stirrops,  9.  tak- 
Cth  the  Bridle-rein,  10.  n. 
in  his  left  hand,  wherewith 
he    guideth   and    holdeth 
the  Horse. 

Then  he  putteth  to 
his  Spurs,  12. 


Eques,    1 . 
imponit  Equo,  2. 
Ephippimn,  3. 
idque  succingit 
Cingulo,  4. 

Insternit  etiam  Dorsualer 

5- 

Ornat  eum 

P 'hale  r is,  Er  on  tali,  6. 
Antilena,  7. 
&  Postilena,  8. 

Deinde  insilit  in 
Equum,  indit  pedes 
Stapedibus,  9. 
capes  sit  Lorum  (habe- 
nam),io.  Freni,  n.  sinistra 
quo    flectit,    &    retinet 
Equum. 

Turn  admovet 
C ale  aria,  1  2. 


(  i°3; 


and  setteth  him  on 
with  a  Switch,  13. 

and  holdeth  him  in 
with  a  Musrol,  14. 

The  Holsters,  15. 
hang  down  from  the  Pum- 
mel of  the  Saddle,  1 6. 
in  which  the  Pistols,  17. 
are  put. 

The  Rider  is  clad  in  a 
short  Coat,  18. 
his  Cloak  being  tyed  be- 
hind him,  19. 

A  Post,  20. 
is  carried  on  Horseback 
at  full  Gallop. 


incitatque 

Virgula,  1 3 . 
&  coercet 
Postomidc,  14. 
Bulgce,   15. 
pendent  ex  Apice 
Ephippii,  16. 
quibus  Sclopi,  17. 
inseruntur. 

Ipse  Eques  induitur 

Chlamydc,  18. 
Lacernd  revincta,  19. 
a  tergo. 

Veredarius,  20. 
fertur  Equo 
cursim. 


Carriages. 


LXXXV 


Vehicula. 


We  are  carried  on  a  Sled, 
1.  over  Snow  and  Ice. 

A  Carriage  with  one 
Wheel,  is  called  a  Wheel- 
barrow, 2. 


Vehimur  Trahd,  1. 
super  Nivibus  &  Glacie. 

Vehiculum  unirotum, 
dicitur  Pabo,  2. 


( 104 ; 


with  two  Wheels,  a  Cart,  3. 
with  four  Wheels, a  Wagon, 
which  is  either 
a  Timber-wagon,  4. 
or  a  Load-wagon,  5. 

The  parts  of  the  Wagon 
are,  the  Neep  (or  draught- 
tree),  6.  the  Beam,  7. 
the  Bottom,  8. 
and  the  Sides,  9. 

Then  the  Axle-trees,  10. 
about  which   the    Wheels 
run,  the  Lin-pins,  1  1. 
and  Axletree-staves,  1 2.  be- 
ing fastened  before  them. 

The  Nave,  13.  is  the 
groundfast  of  the  Wheel, 
14.    from    which    come 
twelve  Spokes,  15. 

The  Ring  encompasseth 
these,  which  is  made 
of  six  Felloes,  16. 
and  as  many  Strakes,  17. 
Hampiers  and  Hurdles,  18. 
are  set  in  a  Wagon. 


birotum,  Car r us,  3. 
quadrirotum,  Currus, 
qui  vel 

Sarraeum,  4. 
vel  Plaustrum,  5. 

Partes  Currus  sunt, 
Temo,  6. 
Jugum,  7. 
Compages,  8. 
Spondee,  9. 

Turn  Axes,  10. 
circa  quos  7?^/^?  currunt, 
Paxillis,  1 1 . 
&  Obicilms,  1  2 . 
praefixis. 

Modiolus,  13.  est 
Basis  Rotce,  14. 
ex  quo  prodeunt 
duodecim  Radii,  15. 

Or  bile  ambit  hos, 
compositum 
e  sex  Ab  si  dibits,  i  6. 
&  totidem  Canthis,   17. 
Corbes  &  Crates,  18. 
imponuntur  Currui. 


(  ios) 
LXXXVI. 


■Carrying  to  and  fro. 


Vectura. 


The  Coach-man,  l. 
joineth  a  Horse  fit  to  match 
a  Saddle-horse,  2,  3. 
to  the  Coach-tree, 
with  Thongs  or  Chains,  5. 
hanging  down  from  the 
Collar,  4. 

Then  he  sitteth  upon 
the  Saddle-horse, 
and  driveth  them  that  go 
before  him,  6. 
with  a  Whip,  7. 
and  guideth  them 
with  a  String,  8 

He  greaseth  the  Axle-tree 
with  Axle-tree  grease 
■out  of  a  Grease-pot,  9. 
and  stoppeth  the  wheel 
with  a  Trigen,  10. 


Auriga,   1. 
jungit  Parippum,  2.  Sella - 
rio,  3. 

ad  Temonem, 
Loris  vel  Catenis,  5. 
dependentibus 
de  Helcio,  4. 

Deinde  insidet 
Sellario, 
agit  ante  se  antecessores,6. 

Scutica,  7. 
&  fiectit 
Funibus,  8. 

Ungit  Axe m 
Axungid, 

ex  7v7.fr  itngiientorio,  9. 
&  inhibet  rotam 
Sufflamine,  10. 


(  io6; 


in  a  steep  descent. 

And  thus  the  Coach  is 
driven  along  the  Wheel- 
ruts,  ii. 

Great  Persons are  carryed 
with  six  Horses,  12. 
by  two  Coachmen, 
in  a  Hanging-wagon, 
which  is  called 
a  Coach,  1  3 . 

Others  with  two  Horses, 
14.  in  a  Chariot,  15. 

Horse  Liiters,  16,  17. 
are  carried  by  two  Horses. 

They  use 
Pack-Horses, 
instead  of  Waggons, 
thorow  Hills  that  are  not 
passable,  18. 


in  praecipiti  descensu. 

Et  sic  aurigatur 
per  Orbitas,  1 1. 

Magnates  vehuntur 
Sejugibus,  1 2 . 
duobus  Rhedariis, 
Curru  pensili, 
qui  vocatur 
Carpentum  (Pilentum),   13, 

Alii  Bijugibus,  14. 
Essedo,  1 5 . 

A  r  eerie,  16.  &  Lac  tic  a,  17. 
portantur  a  duobus  Equis. 

Utuntur 

Jumentis  Clitellariis, 

loco  Curruum, 

per  monies  invios,  18. 


LXXXVII. 

Passing  over  Waters.  Transitus  Aquarum 


Lest  he  that  is  to  pass  Trajecturus  tinmen  ne 

over  a  River  should  be  wet,  |  madefiat, 


(  i°7  ) 


Bridges,  i. 

were  invented  for  Car- 
riages, and  Foot-bridges,  z. 
for  Foot-men. 

If  a  river 
have  a  Foord,  3. 
it  is  waded  over,  4. 

Flotes,  5.  also  are  made  of 
Timber  pinned  together; 
or  Ferry-boats,  6. 
of  planks    laid    close    to- 
gether for  fear  they  should 
receive  Water. 

Besides  Scullers,  7. 
are  made,  which  are  rowed 
with  an  Oar,  8. 
or  Pole,  9. 
or  haled 
with  an  Haling -rope,  10. 


Pontes,  1. 

excogitati   sunt    pro    Ve- 
il icu  lis  &  Ponticuli,  2. 
pro  Peditibus. 

Si  Flumen 
habet  Vadum,  3. 
vadatur,  4. 

Rates, 5.  etiam  struuntur 
ex  compactis  tignis: 
vel  Pontones,  6. 
ex  trabibus  consolidatis, 
ne  excipiant  aquam. 

Porro  Lintres  (Lembi),  7. 
fabricantur,  qui 
aguntur  Pemo,  8. 
vel  Conto,  9. 
aut  trahuntur 
Remulco,  10. 


Swimming. 


LXXXVIII. 


Natatus. 


Men  are  wont  also 
to  swim  over  Waters 


Solent  etiam 
tranare  aquas 


(  ios; 


upon  a  bundle  of  flags,  i. 

and  besides  upon  blown 

Beast-bladders,  2. 

and  after,  by  throwing 

their  Hands  and  Feet,   3. 

abroad. 

And  at  last  they  learned 
to  tread  the  water,  4. 
being  plunged  up  to  the 
girdle-stead,  and  carrying 
their  Cloaths  upon    their 
head. 

A  Diver,  5. 
can  swim  also  under 
the  water  like  a  Fish. 


super  scirpeum  f ascent,  1. 
porro  super  inflatas  bourn 
Vesicas,  2. 

deinde  libere  jactatu 
M annum  Pedu tuque,  3. 

Tandern  didicerunt 
calcare  aquam,  4. 
immersi 

cingulo  tenus  &  gestantes 
Vestes  supra  caput. 

Urinator,  5. 
etiam  natare  potest 
sub  aqua,  ut  Piscis. 


A  Galley. 


LXXXIX. 


Navis  actuaria. 


A  Ship  furnished 
with  Oars,  1. 
is  a  Barge,  2. 
or  a  Foyst,  &c. 
in  which  the  Rowers,  3. 


Navis  instructa 
Remis,    1 . 
est  Uniremis,  2. 
vel  Biremis,  &c. 
in  qua  Remiges,  3. 


(  lo9) 


sitting  on  Seats,  4. 

by  the  Oar- rings, 

row,  by  striking  the  water 

with  the  Oars,  5. 

The  Skip- master,  6. 
standing  in  the  Fore-castle, 
and  the  Steers-man,  7. 
sitting  at  the  Stern, 
and  holding  the  Rudder,  8. 
steer  the  Vessel. 


considentes  pre    Transtrar 
4.  ad  Scalmos, 
remigant  pellendo  aquam 
Re  mis, 

Proreta,  6. 
stans  in  Prora, 
&  Gubcrnator,  7. 
sedens  in  Puppi, 
tenensque  Clavum,  8. 
gubernantAr<;77j)r///w. 


A  Merchant-ship. 


XC. 


Navis  oneraria. 


— - — 

^=  t4b. 

\ 7  \! 

/  == 

iff1! 

~~^f~ 

^ 

I^JjQy 

=» 

*Sk^Y\\\ 

1/ 

^k^T^ 

Wk 

1        ^K-jSa  iL?  . 

/jyWv] 

all 

(#liv 

ipjj 

^S 

^y 

'^mt 

^'J—    ~~^ujjSj^S? 

p^tpP^i"" 

3==f^«^S^2j 

p^I5= 

s^r=~=^~^~~T- 

g— =T^g 

r^ 

i ■  -*  — 

^=iS-i 

m 

A  6,/«/,  1.  Navigium,  1. 

is  driven  onward  impellitur, 

not  by  Oars,  but  by  the  |non  remis,  sed 

only  force  of  the  Winds,  sold  vi  Ventorum. 

In  it  is  a  Mast,  2.  set  up,  j      In  illo  Mains,  2.  erigi- 

fastened  with  Shrowds,  3.  itur,  firmatus  Funibus,  3. 

on  all  sides  to  the  main-  iundiquead  Oras'^Navis, 
chains. 


( no; 


to  which  the  Sail-yards,  4. 
are  tied,  and  the  Sails,$.  to 
these,  which  are  spread 
open,  6.  to  the  wind,  and 
are  hoysed  by  Bowlings,  7. 

The  Sails  are 
the  Main-sail,  8. 
the  Trinket,  or  Fore -sail,  9. 
the  Misen-sail  or  Poop- 
sail,  10. 

The  Beak,  1 1 . 
is  in  the  Fore-deck. 

The  Ancient,  12. 
is  placed  in  the  Stern. 

On  the  Mast 
is  the  Foretop,  13. 
the  Watch-tower  of  the,  Ship 
and  over  the  Fore-top 
a  Vane,  14. 

to  shew  which  way  the 
Wind  standeth. 

The  ship  is  stayed 
with  an  Anchor,  15. 

The  depth  is  fathomed 
with  a  Plummet,  16. 

Passengers  walk  up  and 
down  the  Decks,  17. 

The  Sea  men  run  to  and 
fro  through  the  Hatches,  1 8. 

And  thus,  even  Seas 
are  passed  over. 


cuiannectuntur^4«/<r««<zr,4. 

his,  Vela,  5.  quae 

expanduntur,  6. 

ad  Ventum 

&  Versoriis,  7.  versantur. 

Vela  sunt 
Artemon,  8. 
Dolon,  9. 
&  Epidromus,  10. 

Rostrum ,  1 1 . 
est  in  Prora. 

Signum  (vexillum),  it. 
ponitur  in  Puppi. 

In  Malo 
est  Corbis,  13. 
Specula  Navis 
&  supra  Galeam 
Aphis  tre,  14. 
Ventorum  Index. 

Navis  sistitur 
Anchord,  15. 

Profunditas  exploratur 
Bolide,  16. 

Navigantes  deambulant 
in  Tabulato,  17. 

Nautae  cursitant 
per  Foros,  18. 

Atque  ita,  etiam  Maria 
trajiciuntur. 


Ship-wreck 


Naufragium. 


When  a  Storm,  1 . 
ariseth  on  a  sudden, 
they  strike  Sail,  2. 
lest    the    Ship    should  be 
dashed  against  Roc ks,  3  or 
light  upon  Shelves,  4. 

If  they  cannot  hinder  her 
they  suffer  Ship -wreck,  5. 

And  then  the  men,  the 
Wares,  and  all  things  are 
miserably  lost. 

Nor  doth  the  Sheat-an- 
£hor,  6  being  cast  with  a 
Cable,  do  any  gooc1. 

Some  escape, 
either  on  a  Plank,  7. 
and  by  swimming, 
or  in  the  Boat,  8. 

Part  of  the  Wares, 
with  the  dead  folks, 
is  carried  out  of  the  Sea,  9. 
oupn  the  Shoars. 


Cum  Procella,  1. 
oritur  repente 
contrahunt  Vela,  2. 
ne  Navis  ad  Scopulos,  3. 
allidatur,  aut  incidat 
in  Brevia  (Syrtes),  4. 

Si  non  possunt  prohibere 
patiuntur  Naufragium,  5. 

Turn  Homines, 
Merces,  omnia 
miserabiliter  pereunt. 

Neque  hie 
Sacra  anchor  a,  6.  Rudenti 
jacta  quidquam  adjuvat. 

Quidam  evadunt, 

vel  tabula,  7. 

ac  enatando, 
vel  Scapha,  8. 

Pars  Mercium 
cum  mortuis 

a  Mari,  9.  in  littora  defer- 
tur. 


Writing 


Ars  Scriptoria. 


The  Ancients  writ 
in  Tables  done  over  with  wax 
with  a  brazen  Poitrel,  1 . 
with  the  sharp  end,  2. 
whereof  letters  were  en- 
graven   and    rubbed  out 
again  with  the  broad  end,  3. 

Afterwards 
they  writ  Letters 
with  a  small  Reed,  4. 

We  use  a  Goose-quill,  5. 
the  Stem,  6. 
of  which  we  make 
with  a  Pen-knife,  7. 
then  we  dip  the  Neb 
in  an  Ink-horn,  8. 
which  is  stopped 
with  a  Stopple,  9. 
and  we  put  our  Pens, 
into  a  Pennar,  10. 

We  dry  a  Writing 


Veteres  scribebant 
in  Tabellis  ceratis 
aeneo  Stilo,  1. 
cuj us /#/-/<"  cuspidata,  2. 
exarabantur  literae, 
rursum  vero  obliteraban- 
tur  plana. 

Deinde 
Literas  pingebant 
subtili  Calamo,  4. 

Nos  utimu  r  Anserina  Pen- 
na,  5.  cujus  Caulem,  6. 
temperamus 
Scalpello,  7. 

turn  intingimus  Crenam 
in  Atramentario,  8. 
quod  obstruitur 
Operculo,  9. 
&  Pennas  rerondimus 
in  Calamario,  10. 

Siccamus  Scripturam 


r  "3 ) 


with  Blotting-paper, 

or  Calts- sand 

out  of  a  Sand-box,  1  1 . 

And  we  indeed 
write  from  the  left  hand 
towards  the  right,   12. 
the  Hebrews 
from  the  right  hand 
towards  the  left,  13. 

the  Chinese  and  other  Indi-  j  Chinenses  &  Indi  alii, 
ans,   trom   the  top   down-  &  summo  deor- 
wards,  14.  [sum,  14. 


Chartd  bibuld, 

vel  Arend  scriptoria, 

ex  Theea  Pulveraria, 

Et  nos  quidem 
scribimus  a  sinistra 
dextrorsum,  12. 
Hebrozi 
a  dextni 
sinistrorsum,  13. 


Paper. 


XCIII. 


Papyrus. 


i  y*uiiiiii|i||iiimmirT, eh  n—ililili  11  a 

The  Ancients  used 
Beech- Boards,  1. 
or  Leaves,  2. 

as  also  Barks,  3.  of   Trees 
especially 

of  an  Egyptian  Shrub, 
which  was  called  Papyrus 

Now  Paper  is  in  use 
which  the  Paper-maker 
J 


Veteres  utebantur 
Tabulis  Paginis,  1. 
aut  Foliis,  2. 
ut  &  Libris,  3.  Arborum  ; 
praesertim 

Arbusculae  iEgyptiae, 
cui  nomen  erat  Papyrus. 

Nunc  Charta  est  in  usu, 
quam  Chattopceus 


r  ih; 


maketh  in  a  Paper-mill,  4. 
of  Linen  rags,  5. 
stamped  to  Mash,  6. 
which  being  taken  up  in 
Frames,  7. 

he  spreadeth  into  Sheets,  8. 
and  setteth  them  in  the  Air 
that  they  may  be  dryed. 

Twenty-five  of  these 
make  a  Quire,  9. 
twenty  Quires  a  Ream,  10. 
and  ten  of  these 
a  Bale  of  Paper,  1 1 . 

That  which  is  to  last 
long  is  written  on  Parch- 
ment, 12. 


in  mola  Papyracea,^.  confic- 

it  &  Linteis  vetustis,  5. 

in  Pulmentum  contusis,  6. 

quod  haustum 

JVormulis,  7. 

diducit  in  Plagulas,  8. 

exponitque  aeri, 

ut  siccentur. 

Harum  XXV. 
faciunt  Scapum,  9. 
XX.  Sea  pi  Volumeti  minus, 
10.  horum  X. 
Vol  u  men  majus,  1 1 . 

Duraturum  diu 
scribitur  in  Mem- 
brana,  12. 


Printing. 


XCIV. 


Typographia. 


The  Printer  hath 
metal  Letters 
in  a  large  number 
put  into  Boxes,  5. 

The  Compositor,  1. 


Typographies  habet 
Typos  M  eta  11  os, 
magno  numero  dis- 
tributes per  Loculamenta,$. 

Typotheta,  1. 


r»5; 


taketh  them  out  oneby  one 

and  according  to  the  Copy, 

(which  he  hath  fastened 

before  him  in  a  Visorum,  2.) 

composeth  words 

in  a  Composing-stick,  3. 

till  a  Line  be  made ; 

he  putteth  these  in  a  Gaily, 

4.  till  a  Page,  6.  be  made, 

and  these  again  in  a.  Form, 

7.  and  he  locketh  them  up 

in  Iron  Chases,  8. 

with  Coyns,  9. 

lest  they  should  drop  out, 

and  putteth  them  under 

the  Press,  \  o. 

Then  the  Press-man 
beateth  it  over 
with  Printers  Ink, 
by  means  of  Balls,  1 1. 
spreadeth  upon  it  the  Pa- 
pers put  in  the  Frisket,  12. 
which  being  put 
under  the  Spindle,  14. 
on  the  Coffin,  13. 
and  pressed  down  with  a 
Bar,  15.  he  maketh 
to  take  impression. 


eximit  illos  singulatim, 
&  secundum  exemplar, 
(quod  habet  praefixum 
sibi  Retinaculo,  2.) 
componit  Verba 
Gnomone,  3. 
donee  versus  fiat ; 
hos  indit  Formce,  4. 
donee  Pagina,  6.  fiat ; 
has  iterum  Tabuld  compos- 
itorid,  7.  coarctaque  eos 
Marginibus  ferreis,  8. 
ope  Cochlearum,  9. 
ne  dilabantur, 
ac  subjicit 
Prelo,  10. 

Turn  Impressor 
illinit 

Atramento  impressorio 
ope  Pilarum,  1  1. 
super  imponit  Chartas 
inditas  Operculo,  12. 
quas  subditas 
Trochlea,  14. 
in  Tigello,  13. 
&  impressas 
Suculd,  15.  facit 
imbibere  typos. 


(  n6J 

xcv. 


The  Booksellers  Shop. 


Bibliopolium, 


h^w-i? 


The  Bookseller,  1 
selleth  Books 
in  a  Booksellers  Shop,  2. 
of  which  he  writeth 
a  Catalogue,  3. 

The  Books  are  placed 
on  Shelves,  4. 
and  are  laid  open  for  use 
upon  a  Desk,  5. 

A  Multitude  of  Books 
is  called  a  Library,  6. 


Bibliopola,  1. 
vendit  Libros 
in  Bibliopolio,  2. 
quorum  conscribit 
Catalogum,  3. 

Libri  disponuntur 
per  Repositoria,  4. 
&  exponuntur  ad  usum. 
super  Plutemn,  5. 

Multitudo  Librorum 
vocatur  Bibliotheca,   6. 


The  Book-binder 


Bibliopegus. 


In  times  past  they 
glewed  Paper  to  Paper, 
and  rolled  them  up  to- 
gether into  one  Roll,  i. 

At  this  day 
the  Book-binder 
bindeth  Books, 
whilst  he  wipeth,  2.  over 
Papers  steept  in   Gum-wa- 
ter, and  then  foldeth  them 
together,  3. 

beatheth  with  a  hammer,  4. 
then  stitcheth  them  up,  5. 
presseth  them  in  a.Bress,6. 
which  hath  two  Screws,  7. 
glueth  them  on  the  back, 
cutteth  off  the  edges 
with  a  round  Knife,  8. 
and  at  last  covereth  them 
with  Parchment  or  Leather, 
9.  maketh  them  handsome, 
and  setteth  on  Clasps,   10. 


Olim  agglutinabant 
Chartam  Chartae, 
convolvebantque  eas 
in  unum  Volumen,  1. 

Hodie 
Compactor 

compingit  Libros, 

dum  tergit,  2. 

chartas  maceratas  aqud 

glutinosd,  deinde 

complicat,  3. 

malleat,  4. 

turn  consuit,  5. 

conprimit  Prelo,  6. 

quod  habet  duos  Coch/eas,j. 

conglutinat  dorso, 

demarginat 

rot  undo  Cultro,  8. 

tandem  vestit 

Membrand  vel  Corio,  9. 

efformat, 

&  afhgit  Uncinulos,  10. 


A  Book. 


fuBJ 
XCVII. 


Liber. 


A  Book 
as  to  its  outward  shape, 
is  either  in  Folio,  1. 
or  in  Quarto,  2. 
in  Octavo,  3. 
in  Duodecimo,  4.  either 
made  to  open  Side-wise,  5. 
or  Long-wise,  6. 
with  Brazen  Clasps,  7. 
or  Strings,  8. 
and  Square -bojles,  9. 

Within  are  Leaves,  10. 
with  two  Pages, 
sometimes  divided  with 
Columns,  1 1 . 
and  Marginal  Notes,  12. 


Liber, 

quoad  exteriorem  formam 

est  vel  in  Folia,   1 . 

vel  in  Quarto,  2. 

in  Octavo,  3. 

in  Duodecimo,  4. 

vel  Columnatus,  5. 

vel  Linguatus,  6. 

cum  sFneis  Clausuris,  7. 
i  vel  Ligulis,  8. 
|&  angularibus  Bullis,  9. 

Intus  sunt  Folia,  10. 
jduabis  Paginis, 
Jaliquando  Columnis,  n.  di- 
I  visa  cumq; 
\Notis  Marginalibus,  12. 


A  School. 


A  School,  1. 
is  a  Shop  in  which 
Young  Wits  are  fashion'd 
to  vertue,  and  it  is 
distinguished  into  Forms. 

The  Master,  2. 
sitteth  in  a  Chair,  3. 
the  Scholars,  4. 
in  Forms,  5. 
he  teacheth,  they  learn. 

Some  things 
are  writ  down  before  them 
with  Chalk  on  a  Table,  6. 

Some  sit 
at  a  Table,  and  write,  7. 
he  mendeth  their  Faults,  8. 

Some  stand  and  rehearse 
things  committed  to 
memory,  9. 

Some  talk  together,   10. 
and  behave  themselves 
wantonly  and  carelessly ; 


Schola,  1 . 
est  Officina,  in  qua 
Novelli  Animi  formantur 
ad  virtutem,  & 
distinguitur  in  Classes. 

Frceceptor,  2. 
sedet  in  Cathedra,  3. 
Discipuli,  4. 
in  Subselliis,  5. 
ille  docet,  hi  discunt. 

Quaedam 
praescribuntur  ill  is 
Cretd  in  Tabella,  6. 

Quidam  sedent 
ad  Mensam,  &  scribunt,  7. 
ipse  corrigit  Mendas,  8. 

Quidam  stant,  &  reci- 
tant  mandata 
memoriae,  9. 

Quidam  confabulantun 
10.  ac  gerunt  se 
petulantes,  &  negligentes; 


(  I2°  ) 


these  are  chastised 
with  a  Fern/la.  1 1. 
and  a  Rod,  12. 


hi  castigantur 
Ferula  (baculo),  11. 
&  Virgu,  1 2. 


The  Study. 


XCIX. 


Museum. 


&M 


IB 


The  Study,  1. 
is  a  place  where  a  Student, 
2.  apart  from  Men, 
sitteth  alone, 
addicted  to  his  Studies, 
whilst  he  readeth  Books,  3. 
which  being  within  his 
reach  he  layeth  open  up- 
on a  Desk,  4.  and  picketh 
all  the  best  things  out  of 
them  into  his  own  Manual, 
5.    or     marketh    them    in 
them  with  a  Dash,  6. 
or  a  little  Star,  7. 
in  the  M argent. 

Being  to  sit  up  late, 


Museum,  1. 
est  locus  ubi  Studiosus,  2. 
secretus  ab  Hominibus,' 
sedet  solus 
deditus  Studiis, 
dum  lectitat  Libros,  3. 
quos  penes  se 
&  exponit  super 
Pluteum,  4.  &  excerpit 
optima  quaeque  ex  illis 
in  Manuale  suum,  5. 
notat  in  illis 
Liturd,  6. 
vel  Asterisco,  7. 
ad  Margiem. 

Lucubraturus, 


(  i2i  ; 


he  setteth  a  Candle,  8. 
on  a  Candlestick,  9. 
which  is  snuffed  with  Snuf- 
fers, 10.  before  the  Candle? 
he  placeth  a  Screen,  11. 
which  is  green,  that  it  may 
not  hurt  his  eye-sight ; 
richer  Persons  use  a  Taper, 
for  a  T all oiv- candle  slink- 
eth  and  smoaketh. 

A  Letter,  12.  is  wrapped 
up,  writ  upon,  13. 
and  sealed,  14. 

Going  abroad  by  night, 
he  maketh  use  of  a  Lan- 
thorn,  15.  or  a  Torch,  16. 


elevat  Lychnum  (Cartelam), 
8.  in  Candelabra,  9. 
qui  emungitur  Emunctorio, 
10.  ante  Lynchum  collo- 
cat  Umbraculum,  1 1 . 
quod  viride  est,  ne  hebe- 
tet  oculorum  aciem ; 
opulentiores  utuntur  Cere* 
nam  Candela  sebacea 
foetet  &  fugimat. 

Epistola,  1 2.  complicatur, 
inscribitur,  13. 
&  obsignatur,  14. 

Prodiens  noctu 
utitur  Lantema,  15. 
vel  Face,  16. 


C. 

Arts  belonging  to  Speech. 


Grammar,  1 , 


Artes  Sermones. 

Grammatica,  1 . 


(  122 ) 


is  conversant  about  Letters, 
2.  of  which  it  maketh 
Words^.  and  teacheth  how 
to  utter,  write,  4.  put  to- 
gether and  part  them 
rightly. 

Rhetorick,  5. 
doth  as  it  were  paint,  6. 
a  rude  form,  7. 
of  Speech  with  Oratory 
Flourishes,  8. 
such  as  are  Figures, 
Elegancies, 
Adagies, 
Apothegms, 
Sentences, 
Similies, 
Hierogylphicks,  &C. 

Poetry,  9. 
gathereth  these  Flowers  of 
Speech,  10. 

and  tieth  them  as  it  were 

into  a  little  Garland,  11. 

and  so  making  of  Prose 

a  Poem, 

it  maketh  several  sorts  of 

Verses  and  Odes, 

and  is  therefore  crowned 

with  a  Laurel,  12. 

Musick,   13. 
setteth  Tunes,  14. 
with  pricks, 

to  which  it  setteth  words, 
and  so  singeth  alone, 
or  in  Consort, 
or  by  Voice,  or 
Musical  Instruments,  15. 


versatur  circa  Literas,  2. 
ex  quibus  componit  Voces,, 
verba,  3.  docetque  elo- 
qui,  scribere,  4.  constru- 
ere,  distinguere  (inter- 
pungere)  eas  recte. 

Rhetorica,  5. 
pingit,  6.  quasi 
rudem  formam,  7. 
Sermon  is  Orator  Us 
Pigmentts,  8. 
ut  sunt  Figuroz, 
Elegantiaz, 
Adagia  (proverbia) 
Apothegmata, 
Sentential  (Gnomae) 
Sim  ilia, 
Hieroglyphica,  &c. 

Poesis,  9. 
colligit  hos  Flores 
Orationis,   10. 

&  colligat  quasi 

in  Corallam,  1 1. 

atque  ita,  faciens  e  prosa 

ligatam  orationem, 

componi  varia 

Carmina  &  Hymnos  (Odas)- 

ac  propterea  coronatur 

Lauru,  12. 

Music  a,   13. 
componit  Melodias,  14. 
Notis, 

quibus  aptat  verba, 
atque  ita  cantat  sola 
vel  Concentu  (Symphonia), 
aut  voce  aut 
Instrumentis  Musicis,   15 


(  »*3  ) 
Musical  Instruments.         CI.         Instrumenta  musica. 


Musical  Instruments  are 
those  which  make  a  sound: 

First, 
when  they  are  beaten  upon, 
as  a  Cymbal,  i.  with  a  Pes  til, 
a  little  Bell,  2. 
with  an  Iron  pellet  within  ; 
or  Rattle,  3. 
by  tossing  it  about: 
a  Jews-  Trump,  4. 
being  put  to  the  mouth, 
with  the  fingers; 
a  Drutn,  5. 
and  a  Kettle,  6. 
with  a  Drum-stick,  7. 
as  also  the  Dulcimer,  8. 
with  the  Shepherds-harp,  9. 
and  the  Tymbrel,  10. 

Secondly, 
upon  which  strings  are 
stretched, and  struck  upon, 
as  the  Psaltery,  1 1 . 


Musica  instrumenta  sunt 
quae  edunt  vocem  : 

Primo, 
cum  pulsantur, 
ut  Cymbalum,  1.  Pistillo, 
Tintinnabulum,  2. 
intus  Globulo  ferreo, 
Crepitaculum,  3. 
circumversando  ; 
Crembalum,  4. 
ori  admotum, 
Digito; 
Tympanum,  5. 
&  Ahenum,  6. 
Claviculd,  7. 
ut  &  Sambuca,  8. 
cum  Organo pastoritio,  9. 
&  Sistrum  (Crotalum),  10. 

Secundo, 
in  quibus  Chorda; 
intenduntur  &  plectuntur 
ut  Nablium,    1 1. 


(    1*4  ) 


and  the  Virginals,  12. 

with  both  hands; 

the  Lute,  13. 

(in  which  is  the  Neck,  14. 

the  Belly,  15, 

the  Pegs,  16. 

by  which  the  Strings,    17. 

are  stretched 

upon  the  Bridge,  18.) 

the  Cittern,  19. 

with  the  right  hand  only, 

the  Vial,  20. 

with  a  Bow,  21.. 

and  the  Harp,  23. 

with  a  Wheel  within, 

which  is  turned  about: 

the  Stops,  22. 

in  every  one  are  touched 

with  the  left  hand. 

At  last, 
those  which  are  blown, 
as  with  the  mouth, 
the  Flute,   24. 
the  Shawm,  25. 
the  Bag -pipe,  26. 
the  Cornet,  27. 
the  Trumpet,  28,  29. 
or  with  Bellows, 
as  a  pair  of  Organs,  30. 


cum  Clavircordio,  12. 

utraque  manu  ; 

Testudo  (Chelys),  13. 

(in  qua  yugum,  14. 

Magadium,  15. 

&  Verticilli,  16. 

quibus  Nervi,  17. 

intenduntur 

super  Ponticula m,   18.) 

&  Cythara,  19. 

Dextera  tantum, 

Pandura,  20. 

Plectro,  2 1 . 

&  Lyra,  23. 

intus  rotd, 

quae  versatur  : 

Dimensiones,  22. 

in  singulis  tanguntur 

sinistra. 

Tandem 
quae  inflantur, 
ut  Ore, 

Fistula  [Tibia),  24. 
Gingras,  25. 
Tibia  utrieularis,  26. 
Lituus,  27. 

Tuba,  28.  Buccina,  29. 
vel  Follibus,  ut 
Organum  pneumaticum,   30. 


Philosophy 


Philosophia. 


The  Naturalist,  i . 
vievveth  all  the  works  of 
God  in  the  World. 

The  Super  naturalist,  2. 
searches  out  the  Causes 
and  Effects  of  things. 

The  Arithmetician, 
reckoneth  numbers, 
by  adding,  subtracting, 
multiplying  and  dividing; 
and  that  either  by  Cyphers, 
3.  on  a  Slate, 
or  by  Counters,  4. 
upon  a  Desk. 

Country  people  reckon,   5. 
with  figures  of  tens,  X. 
and  figures  of  five,  V. 
by  twelves,  fifteens, 
and  threescores. 


Physicus,  1 . 
speculatur  omnia  Dei 
Opera  in  Mundo, 

Metaphysicus,  2. 
perscrutatur  Causas, 
&  rerum  Effecta. 

Arithmeticus 
com pu tat  numeros, 
addendo,  subtrahendo, 
multiplicand©,  dividendo; 
idque  vel  Cyphris,  3. 
in  Palimocesto, 
vel  Calculi's,  4. 
super  Abacum. 

R us tic i  numerant,  5. 
Decussibus,  X. 
&  Quincuncibus,  V. 
per  Duodenas,  Quindenas , 
&  Sexagenas. 


Geometry 


Geometria. 


A  Geometrician 
measureth  the  height  of 
a  Tower,  1  . . . .  2 . 
or  the  distance 
of  places,  3  ...  .4. 
either  with  a  Quadrant,  5. 
or  a  Jacob1  s-stajf,  6. 

He  maketh  out  the 
Figures  of  things, 
with  Lines,  7. 
Angles,  8. 
and  Circles,  9. 
by  a  Rule,  10. 
a  Square,  1 1 . 
and  a  pair  of  Compasses,  1 2 . 

Out  of  these  arise 
an  Oval,  13. 
a  Triangle,  14. 
a  Quadrangle^  15. 
and  other  figures. 


Geometra 
metitur  Altitudinem 
Turn's,  1  ....  2. 
aut  distantiam 
Locorum,  3  ....  4. 
sive  Quadrante,  5. 
sive  Radio,  6. 

Designat 
Figuras  rerum 
Li  net's,  7, 
Angulis,  8. 
&  Circuit's,  9. 
ad  Regulam,  10. 
Normom.  1  1 . 
&  Circinum,   1  2. 

Ex  his  oriuntur 
Cylindrus,  13. 
Trigonus  14. 
Tetragonus,  15. 
&  alise  figurae. 


(    127   ) 

The  Celestial  Sphere.  CIV. 


Sphera  caelestis. 


Astronomy  considereth 
the  tnotiofi  of  the  Stars, 
Astrology 
the  Effects  of  them. 

The  Globe  of  Heaven 
is  turned  about  upon  an 
Axle-tree,  1. 
about  the  Globe  of  the 
Earth,  z.  in  the 
space  of  XXIV.  hours. 

The  Pole-stars,  or  Pole, 
the  Arctic k,  3. 
the  Antarctick,  4. 
conclude  the  Axle-tree 
at  both  ends. 

The  Heaven  is  full  of 
Stars  every  where. 

There  are  reckoned  above 
a  thousand  fixed  Stars  ; 
but  of  Constellations 
towards  the  North,  XXI. 
towards  the  South,  XVI. 


Astronomia  considerat 
motus  Astrorum, 
Astrologia 
eorum  Effectus. 

Globus  Cceli 
volvitur 
super  Axem,  1. 
circa  globum 
terroz,  2. 
spacio  XXIV.  horarum. 

Stellce  polar es, 
Arcticus,  3. 
Antarcticus,  4. 
finiunt  Axem 
utrinque. 

Ccelum  est 
Stellatum  undique. 

S tell  arum  fix  a  rum 
numerantur  plus  mille ; 
Side  rum  vero 
Septentrionarium,  XXI. 
Meridionalium,  XVI. 


(  128  ) 


Add  to  these  the  XII. 
signs  of  the  Zodiaque,  5. 
every  one   XXX.  degrees, 
whose  names  are  T  Aries 
W    Taurus,  n  Gemini, 
23  Cancer,  Q  Leo,  M  Virgo, 
=2=  Libra,  fll  Scorpius, 
t   Sagittarius,  VS  Capricor, 
»  Aquarius,  X  Pisces. 

Under  this  move  the 
seven   Wandring-stars 
which  they  call  Planets, 
whose  way  is  a  circle  in 
the  middle  of  the  Zodiack, 
called  the  Ec  lip  tick,  6. 

Other  Circles  are 
the  Horizon,  7. 
the  Meridian,  8. 
the  ^Equator,  9. 
the  two  Cot u res,  the 
one  of  the  Equinocts,  10. 
(of  the  Spring 
when  the  &  entreth  into  °f; 
Autumnal 

when  it  entreth  in  =£=) 
the  other  of  the  Solstices,  1  1. 
(of  the  Summer, 
when  the  ©  entreth  into  22 
of  the  Wi titer 
when  it  entreth  into  V3) 
the  Tropicus, 

the  Tropic k  of  Cancer,   1 2. 
the  Tropick  of  Capricorn,  13. 
and  the  two 
Polar  Circles,  14  ....  1 5. 


Adde  Sign  a,  XII. 
Zodiaci,  5. 

quodlibetgraduum,  XXX. 
quorum  nomina  sunt 
T  Aries,  8  Taurus,  n  (SW/z. 
©  Cancer,  Q  Leo,  M  Virgo, 
t  Libra,  '"I  Scorpius, 
—  Sagittarius,  V3  Capricorn, 
£*  Aquarius,  X  Pisces. 

Sub  hoc  cursitant 
Stella  erra  rites  VII. 
quas  vocant  Planetas, 
quorum  via  est  Circulvs, 
in  medio  Zodiaci, 
diet  us  Ecliptic  a,  6. 

Alii  Circuli  sunt 
Horizon,  7. 
Meridian  us,  8. 
Equator,  9. 
duo   Colu ri, 

alter  ^Equinoxiorum,  10. 
( Verni, 

quando  ©  ingreditur  °f; 
Autumnalis, 
quando  ingreditur  =£=) 
alter  Solsticiorum,  u. 
(ALstivi, 

quando  ©  ingreditur  ©;. 
Hyberni, 

quando  ingreditur  V3) 
duo  Tropici, 
Tr.  Cancri,  12. 
TV.  Capricorni,  13. 
&  duo 
Polar cs,  14  ....  15. 


(  I29  ) 

CIV. 

The  Aspects  of  the  Planets. 


Planetarum 

The  Moon 
runneth  through  the  Zodi- 
ack  every  Month. 

The  Sun,  o  in  a  Year. 

Mercury,  £  and  Venus,  2 
about  the  Sun,  the  one 
in  a  hundred  and  fifteen, 
the  other  in  585  days. 

Mars,  $  in  two  years; 

Jupiter,  U 
in  almost  twelve; 

Saturn,  ^ 
in  thirty  years. 

Hereupon  they  meet  va- 
riously among  themselves, 
and  have  mutual  Aspects 
one  towards  another. 

K 


Aspectus. 

Luna 
percurrit  Zodiacum    . 
singulis  Mensibus. 

Sol,  Q  Anno. 

Mercurius,  £  &  Venus,  $ 
circa  Solem,  ilia 

cxv., 

hsec  DLXXXV.  Diebus. 

Mars,  $  Biennio ; 

Jupiter,  U 
fere  duodecim  ; 

Saturnus,  ^ 
triginta  annis. 

Hinc  conveniunt  varie 
inter  se 
&  se  mutuo 
adspiciunt. 


(  13°  ) 


As  here  the  ©  and  $  are 
in  Conjunction. 
©  and  Moon  in  Opposition, 
©  and  ^  in  a  Trine  Aspect, 
0  and  U  in  a  Quartile, 
©and  $  ina  Sextile. 


Ut  hie  sunt,  ©  &  5 
in  Conjunctione, 
©and  Luna  in   Oppositions, 
©  &  ^?  in  Trigono, 
©  &  if  in  Quadratura, 
©  &  3  in  Sextili. 


CV. 

The  Apparitions  of  the  Moon. 


Phases 
The  Moon  shineth 
not  by  her  own  Light 
but  that  which  is  bor- 
rowed of  the  Sun. 

For  the  one  half  of  it 
is  always  enlightned,  the 
other  remaineth  darkish. 
Hereupon  we  see  it  in 
Conjunction  with  the  Sun,i. 
to  be  obscure,  almost  none 
at  all;  in  Opposition,  5. 


Lunae. 

Luna,  lucet 
non  sua  propria  Luce, 
sed  mutuatd 
a  Sole. 

Nam  altera  ejus  medie- 
tas semper  illuminatur, 
altera  manet  caliginosa. 

Hinc  videmus, 
in  Conjunctione  So/is,  1. 
obscuram,  imo  nullam : 
in  Oppositions,  5. 


(w) 


whole  and  clear, 
(and  we  call  it 
the  Full  Moon  j) 
sometimes  in  the  half, 
(and  we  call  it  thePrt'me,  3. 
and  last  Quarter,  7.) 

Otherwise  it  waxeth, 2. .  4. 
or  waneth,  6.  .  .  8. 
and  is  said  to  be  horned, 
or  more  than  half  round. 


totam  &  lucidam, 
(&  vocamus 
Plenilunium  ;) 
alias  dimidiam, 
(&  dicimus  Primam,  3. 
&  ultimam  Quadrant,  7.) 
Caeteroqui  crescit,  2. 
aut  decrescit,  6 ....  8. 
&  vocztur  falcata, 
vel  gibbosa. 


The  Eclipses. 


CVI. 


Eclipses. 


The  Sun 
is  the  fountain  of  light, 
inlightning  all  things, 
but  the  Earth,  1. 
and  the  Moon,  2. 
being  shady  bodies,  are  not 
pierced  with  its  rays,  for 
they  cast  a  shadow  upon 
the  place  just  over  against 
them. 

Therefore, 
when  the  Moon  lighteth 


Sol 
est  fons  Lucis, 
illuminans  omnia; 
sed  Terra,  1. 
&  Luna,  2. 
Corpora  opaca,  non 
penetrantur  ejus  radiis, 
nam  jaciunt  umbram 
in  locum  oppositum. 

Ideo 
cum  Luna  incidit 


(    J32  ) 


into  the  shadow  of  the 
Earth,  2.  it  is  darkened, 
which  we  call  an  Eclipse, 
or  defect. 

But  when  the  Moon  run- 
neth betwixt  the  Sun 
and  the  Earth,  3. 
it  covereth  it  with  its 
shadow;  and  this  we  call 
the  Eclipse  of  the  Sun, 
because  it  taketh  from  us 
the  sight  of  the  Sun, 
and  its  light ; 
neither  doth  the  Sun  for 
all  that  suffer  any  thing, 
but  the  Earth. 


in  umbram 
Terra,  2.  obscuratur 
quod  vocamus  Eclipsin 
(deliquium)  Luna. 

Cum  vero  Luna  currit 
inter  Solent 
&  Terr  am,  3. 

obtegit  ilium  umbrd  su4; 
&  hoc  vocamus 
Eclipsin  Solis, 
quia  adimit  nobis 
prospectum  Solis, 
&  lucem  ejus ; 
nee  tamen  Sol 
patitur  aliquid, 
sed  Terra. 


CVII.  a 

The  terrestial  Sphere. 


Sphera  terrestris. 


The  Earth  is  round,  and 
therefore  to  be  represented 
by  two  Hemispheres,  a .  .  b. 

The  Circuit  of  it 


Terra  est  rotunda, 
fingenda  igitur 
duo  bus  Hemisphcriis,2L, 

Ambitus  ejus 


b. 


(  x33  ) 


is  360  degrees 

{whereof  every  one  maketh 
60  English  Miles 
or  21600  Miles,) 
and  yet  it  is  but  a  prick, 
compared  with  the  World, 
whereof  it  is  the  Centre. 
I  |They  measure  Longi- 
tude of  it  by  Climates,  1. 
and  the  Latitude 
by  Parallels,  2. 

The  Ocean,  3.  compasseth 
it  about, and  five  Seas  wash 
it,  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  4. 
the  Baltic k  Sea,  5.  the  Red 
Sea,  6.  the  Persian  Sea,  7. 
and  the  Caspian  Sea,  8. 


est  graduum  CCCLX. 
(quorum  quisque  facit 
LX.  Milliaria  Anglica 
vel  21600  Milliarium) 
&  tamen  est  punctum, 
collata  cum  orbe, 
cujus  Centrum  est. 

Longitudinem  ejus 
dimetiuntur  Climatibus,  1. 
Latitudinem, 
lineis  Parallelis,  2. 

Oceanus,  3.  ambit  earn 
&  Maria  V.  perfundunt 
Mediterraneum,  4. 
Baltic urn,  5.  Erythrceum,  6. 
Pcrsicum,  7. 
Caspium,  8. 


CV1I.  b 

The  terrestial  Sphere. 


Sphera  terrestris. 
It  is  divided  into  V.  Zones,       Distribuitur  in  Zonas  V., 
whereof  the  II.  frigid  ones,   quarum  duae  frigidce, 
9 9.  1 9 9. 


( >34; 


are  uninhabitable ; 
the  II.  Temperate  ones,   10 
. .  10.  and  the   Torrid  one, 
ii.  habitable. 

Besides  it  is  divided 
into  three  Continents; 
this  of  ours,  12.  which  is 
subdivided  into  Europe, 13. 
Asia,  14.  Africa,   15. 
America,  16. ...  16. 
(whose  Inhabitants  are 
Antipodes  to  us;) 
and  the  South  Land,  17.  .  17. 
yet  unknown. 

They  that  dwell  underthe 
North  pole,  1 8.  have  the  days 
and  nights  6  months  long. 

Infinite  Islands 
float  in  the  Seas. 


sunt  inhabitabiles; 
duae   Tetnperatce,  10....10. 
&  Torrida,  11. 
habitantur. 

Ceterum  divisa  est 
in  tres  Continentes  ; 
nostram,  12.  quae  subdi- 
viditur  in  Europam,  13. 
Asiam,  14.  &  Africam,   15. 
in  Americam,  16. ...  16. 
(cujus  incolae 
sunt  Antipodes  nobis;) 
&  in  Terram  Australem,  17 
. .  17.  adhuc  incognitam. 

Habitantes  sub  Arcto, 
18.  habent  Dies 
Noctes  semestrales, 

Infinitae  Insula 
natant  in  maribus. 


Europe. 


CVIII. 


Europa. 


The  chief  Kingdoms  of 
Europe,  are 


In  Europe!  nostra 
sunt  Rcgna  primaria, 


( i35>> 


Spain,  i. 
.*>«»«,  2. 
7/a/y,  3. 
England,  4. 
Scotland,  5. 
Ireland,  6. 
Germany,  7. 
Bohemia,  8. 
Hungary,  9. 
Croatia,  10. 
Dacia,  11. 
Sclavonia,  12. 
Greece,  13. 
Thrace,  14. 
Podolia,  15. 
Tar  tar y,  16. 
Lituania,  17. 
Poland,  18. 
The  Netherlands,  19. 
Denmark,  20. 
Norway,  2  1 . 
Swethland,  22. 
Lapland,  23. 
Finland,  24. 
Lisland,  25. 
Prussia,  26. 
Muscovy,  27. 
and  Russia,  28. 


Hispania,  1. 
Gallia,  2. 
Italia,  3. 

Anglia  (Britania),  4. 
Scotia,  5. 
Hibernia,  6. 
Germania,  7. 
Bohemia,  8. 
Hungaria,  9. 
Croatia,  10. 
Dacia,  1 1 . 
Sclavonia,  12. 
Grcecia,   1  3 . 
Thracia,  14. 
Podolia,  1 5 . 
Tartar  ia,  16. 
Lituania,  17. 
Polonia,   18. 
Belgium,  19. 
Dania,  20. 
Norvegia,  2 1 . 
Suecia,  22. 
Lappia,  23. 
Finnia,  24. 
Livonia,  25. 
Borussia,  26. 
Muscovia,  27. 
Russia,  28. 


Moral  Philosophy 


Ethica. 


;;~  This  Life  is  a  way, 
or  a  place  divided  into  two 
ways,  like 

Pythagoras' s  Letter  Y. 
broad,  1. 

on  the  left  hand  track; 
narrow,  2.  on  the  right; 
that  belongs  to  Vice,  3. 
this  to  Vertue,  4. 

Mind,  Young  Man,  5. 
imitate  Hercules: 
leave  the  left  hand  way, 
turn  from  Vice  ; 
the  Entrance,  6.  is  fair, 
but  the  End,  7. 
is  ugly  and  steep  down. 

Go  on  the  right  hand, 
though  it  be  thorny,  8. 
no  way  is  unpassible  to 
vertue;  follow  whither 
vertue  leadeth 


Vita  haec  est  via, 
sive  Bivium, 
simile 

Litterae  Pithagoricce  Y. 
latum,  1. 
sinistro  tramite 
angustum,  2.  dextro; 
ille  Vitii,  3.  est 
hie  Virtu tis,  4. 

Adverte  juvenis,  5. 
imitare  Her  cut  em; 
linque  sinistram, 
aversare  Vitium  ; 
Aditus  speciosus,  6. 
sed  Exitus,  7. 
turpis  &  praeceps. 

Dextera  ingredere, 
utut  spinosa,  8. 
nulla  via  invia 
virtuti ;  sequere  qu&  via 
ducit  virtus 


(  '37  ) 


through  narrcnv  places 

to  stately  palaces, 

to  the  Tower  of  honour,  9. 

Keep  the  middle 
and  streight/aM,  and 
thou  shalt  go  very  safe. 

Take  heed  thou  do  not 
go  too  much  on  the  right 
hand,  10. 

Bridle  in,  12.  the  wild 
Horse,  1 1 .  of  Affection,  lest 
thou  fall  down  headlong. 

See  thou  dost  not  go 
amiss  on  the  left  hand,  13. 
in  an  ass-like  sluggishness, 
14.  but  go  onwards  con- 
stantly, persevere  to  the 
end,  and  thou  shalt  be 
crown'd,  15. 


per  angusta, 

ad  augusta, 

ad  Arc  em  honoris,  9. 

Tene  medium  & 
rectum  tramitem; 
ibis  tutissimus. 

Cave  excedas 
ad  dextram,  10. 

Compesce  freno,  12. 
equum  ferocem,  11.  Affec- 
tiis  ne  praeceps  fias. 

Cave 
deficias  ad  sinistram,  13. 
segnitie  asinina,   14. 
sed  progredere  constanter 
pertende  ad 
finem,  &  coro- 
naberis,  1  5. 


Prudence. 


CX. 


Prudentia. 


jh«H  im 

'^ajfcJ&JlWj 

iz 

/dfes^ 

fe^H 

(!fpjj§r 

^*=-      j%»fr't  3 

fc^E=== 

'^^^r'JraS 

^^Tfj^ 

fWifflrw'^ii  n jff^ 

^^•~"~^^^w 

K-^^^^"™5H(8^ra^B? 

Sels^t  Oyj 

r^ J^i^^^ 

rtSSUmjJL"1— "■           « 

m~ -       *^ 

WMS^ 

Prudence,  1. 
looketh  upon  all  things 


Prudentia,  1. 
circumspectat  omnia 


r  138; 


as  a  Serpent,  2. 

and  doeth,  speaketh,  or 

thinketh  nothing  in  vain. 

She  looks  backwards,  3. 
as  into  a  Looking-glass,  4. 
to  things  past ; 
and  seeth  before  her,  5. 
as  with  a  Perspective-glass, 
7.  things  to  come, 
or  the  End,  6. 
and  so  she  perceiveth 
what  she  hath  done,  and 
what  remaineth  to  be  done. 

She  proposeth 
an  Honest,  Profitable  and 
withal,  if  it  may  be  done, 
a  Pleasa?it  End, 
to  her  Actions. 

Having  foreseen  the  End, 
she  looketh  out  Means, 
as  a  Way,  8. 

which  leadeth  to  the  End; 
but  such  as  are  certain 
and  easie,  and  fewer 
rather  than  more,  lest 
anything  should  hinder. 

She  watcheth  Opportuni- 
ty, 9.  (which  having 
a  bushy  fore-head,  10. 
and  being  bald-pated,  11. 
and  moreover 
having  wings,  1 2. 
doth  quickly  slip  away,) 
and  catcheth  it. 

She  goeth  on  her  way 
warily,  for  fear  she  should 
stumble  or  go  amiss. 


ut  Serpens,  2. 
agitque,  loquitur,  aut 
cogitat  nihil  incassum. 

Respicit,  3. 
tanquam  in  Speculum,  4. 
ad  prceterita  ; 
&  prospicit,  5. 
tanquam  Teles copio,  7. 
Futura, 
seu  Einem,  6. 
atque  ita  perspicit 
quid  egerit, 
&  quid  restet  agendum. 

Actionibus  suis 
praefigit  Scopum, 
Honcstum,   Utilem, 
simulque,  si  fieri  potest, 
Jucundum. 

Fine  prospecto, 
dispicit  Media, 
ceu  Viam,  8. 
quae  ducit  ad  finem, 
sed  certa  &  facilia  ; 
pauciora  potiiis 
quam  plura, 
ne  quid  impediat. 

Attendit  Occasioni,  9. 
(quae 

Fronte  Capillata,    10. 
sed  veriice  calva,  1 1. 
adhaec 
alata,  1 2. 
facile  elabitur) 
eamque  captat. 

In  viapergit  caut&  (pro- 
vide) ne  impingat 
aut  aberret. 


Diligence 


Sedulitas. 


Diligence,   i.   loveth  la- 
bours, avoideth  Sloth, 
is  always  at  work, 
like  the  Pismire,  z. 
and  carrieth  together,  as 
she  doth,  for  herself, 
Store  of  all  things,  3. 

She  doth  not  always 
sleep,  or  make  holidays, 
as  the  Sluggard,  4. 
and  the  Grashopper,  5.  do, 
whom  Want,  6. 
at  the  last  overtaketh. 

Shepursueth  what  things 
shehath  undertaken  chear- 
fully,  even  to  the  end  ; 
she  putteth  nothing  off  till 
the  morrow,  nor  doth  she 
sing  the  Croiu's  song,  7. 
which  saith  over  and  over, 


Sedulitas,  1.  amat  labores, 
fugit  Ignaviam, 
semper  est  in  opere, 
ut  Formica,  2. 
&  comportat,  ut  ilia, 
sibi, 
omnium  rerum  Copiam,  3. 

Non  semper 
dormit,  ferias  agit,  aut 
ut  Ignavus,  4. 
&  Cicada,  5. 
quos  Inopia,  6. 
tandem  premit. 

Urget 
incepta  alacriter 
ad  finem  usque ; 
procrastinat  nihil, 
nee 

cantat  cantilenam  Corvi,  7. 
qui  ingeminat 


(  H°J 


Cras,  Cras. 

After  labours  undergone, 
and  ended, 
being  even  wearied, 
she  resteth  her  self; 
but  being  refreshed  with 
Rest,  that  she  may  not  use 
her  self  to  Idleness,  she  fall- 
eth  again  to  her  Business, 

A  diligent  Scholar 
is  like  Bees,  8. 
which  carry  honey 
from  divers  Flowers,  9. 
into  their  Hive,  10. 


Cras,  Cras, 

Post  labores 
exantlatos, 
&  lassata, 
quiescit; 

sed  recreata  Quiete, 
ne  adsuescat 
Olio,  redit 
ad  Negotia. 

Diligens  Discipulus, 
similis  est  Apibus,  8. 
qui  congerunt  mel 
ex  variis  Floribus,  9. 
in  Alveare  suum,  10. 


Temperance. 


CXII. 


Temperantia. 


Temperance,  1. 
prescribeth  a  mean 
to  meat  and  drink,  2. 
and  restraineth  the  desire, 
as  with  a  Bridle,  3. 


Tempera?itia,  1. 
praescribit  modum 
Cibo  &  Potui,  2. 
&  continet  etipidinem, 
ceu  Freno,  3. 


r  mi; 


and  so  moderateth  all 
things,  lest  any  thing  too 
much  be  done. 

Revellers 
are  made  drunk,  4. 
they  stumble,  5. 
they  spue,  6. 
and  babble,  7. 

From  Drunkenness 
proceedeth  Lasciviousness  ; 
from  this  a  lewd  Life 
amongst  Whoremasters,  8. 
and  Whores,  9. 
in  kissing, 
touching, 
embracing, 
and  dancing,  10. 


&  sic  moderatur  omnia 
ne  quid 
nimis  fiat. 

He  I  uo  ties  (ganeones) 

inebriantur,  4. 
titubant,  5. 

ructant  (vomunt),  6. 
&  rixantur,  7. 

E  Crapula 
oritur  Lascivia ; 
ex  hac  P/fa  libidinosa 
inter  Fornicatores,  8. 
&  Scoria,  9. 
osculando  (basiando), 
palp  an  do, 
amplexando, 
&  tripudiando,  10. 


Fortitude. 


CXIII. 


Fortitudo. 


Fortitude,  \ .  j      Fortitudo,  1 . 

is  undaunted  in  adversity,  j  impavida  est  in  adversis, 


and  bold  as  a  Lion,  2.  but 
not  haughty  in  Prosperity, 
leaning  on  her  own  Pillar, 
3.  Constancy,  and  be- 
ing the  same  in  all  things, 
ready  to  undergo  both  es- 
tates with  an  even  mind. 

She  receiveth  the  strokes 
of  Misfortune 
with  the  Shield,  4. 
of  Sufferance :  and 
keepeth  off  the  Passions, 
the  enemies  of  quietness 
with  the  Sword,  5. 
of  Valour. 


&  confidens  ut  Leo,  2.  at 
non  tumida  in  Secundis, 
innixa  suo  Columini,  3. 
Constantice  j  & 
eadem  in  omnibus, 
parata  ad  ferendam  utram- 
que  fortunam  aequo  animo. 

Excipit  ictus 
Lnfortutiii 
Clypeo,  4. 
Tolerantiiz  : 
&  propellit  Affectus, 
hostes  Euthymiae 
gladio,  5. 
Virtutis. 


Patience. 


CXIV. 


Patientia. 


Patience,  1. 
endureth  Calamities,  2 


Patientia,  1. 
tolerat  Calamitates,  2. 


( i43; 


and  Wrongs,  3.  meekly 
like  a  Lamb,  4. 
as  the  Fatherly  chastise- 
ment of  God,  5 . 

In  the  meanwhile  she 
leaneth  upon  the  Anchor 
of  Hope,  6.  (as  a  Ship,  7. 
tossed  by  waves  in  the  Sea) 
she  prayeth  to  God,  8. 
weeping, 

and  expecteth  the  Sun,  10. 
after  cloudy  weather,  9. 
suffering  evils, 
and  hoping  better  things. 

On  the  contrary, 
the  impatient  person,  11. 
waileth,  lamenteth, 
rageth  against  himself,   1  2. 
grumbleth  like  a  Dog,  13. 
and  yet  doth  no  good; 
at  the  last  he  despaireth, 
and  becometh  his  own 
Murtherer,  14. 

Being  full  of  rage  he  de- 
sireth  to  revenge  wrongs. 


&  Infurias,  3.  humiliter 
ut  Agnus,  4. 

tanquam  paternam  fer- 
ulam  Dei,  5. 

Interim 
innititur  Spei 
Anchor ce,  6.  (ut  Navis,  7. 
fluctuans  mari) 
Deo  supplicat,  8. 
illacrymando, 
&  expectat  Phozbum,  10. 
post  Nubila,  9. 
ferens  mala, 
sperans  meliora. 

Contra, 
I  trip  a  ti ens,   1 1 . 
plorat,  lamentatur, 
debacchatur,  12.  in  seipsum, 
obmurmurat  ut  Cam's,  13. 
&  tamen  nil  proficit ; 
tandem  desperat, 
&  fit 
Autochir,  14. 

Furibundus  cupit 
vindicare  injurias. 


Humanity. 


Humanitas. 


Men  are  made 
for  one  another's  good  ; 
therefore  let  them  behind. 
Be  thou  sweet  and  lovely 
in  thy  Countenance,  1. 
gentle  and  civil 
in  thy  Behaviour  and  Man- 
ners, 2. 

affable  and  true  spoken 
with  thy  Mouth,  3. 
affectionate  and  candid 
in  thy  Heart,  4. 

So  love, 
and  so  shalt  thou  be  loved; 
and  there  will  be 
a  mutual  Friendship,  5. 
as  that  of  Turtle-doves,  6. 
hearty,  gentle,  and 
wishing  well  on  both  parts. 

Froward  Men  are 
hateful,  teasty,  unpleasant. 


Homines  facti  sunt 
ad  mutua  commoda  ; 
ergo  sint  humani. 

Sis  suavis  &  amabilis 
Vultu,  1. 

comis  &  urbanus 
Gestu  ac  Moribus,  2. 

affabilis  &  verax, 
Ore,  3. 

candens  &  candidus 
Corde,  4. 

Sic  ama, 
sic  amaberis  ; 
&  fiat 

mutua  Amicitia,  5. 
ceu  Turturum,  6. 
concors,  mansueta, 
&  benevola  utrinque. 

Morosi  homines,  sunt 
odiosi,  torvi,  illepidi. 


(  145  ) 


contentious,  angry,  7. 

cruel,  8. 

and  implacable, 

(rather  Wolves  and  Lions, 

than  Men) 

and  such  as  fall  out  among  j&  inter  se  discordes, 

themselves,  hereupon  'hinc 


contentiosi.  iracitndi,  7. 
crudtics,  8. 
ac  implacabiles, 
(magis  Lupi  &  Leones, 
quilm  homines) 


they  fight  in  a  Duel,  9. 

Envy,   10. 
wishing  ill  to  others, 
pineth  away  her  self. 


confligunt  Duelle,  9. 

Invidia,   10. 
imalo  cupiendo  aliis, 
;conficit  seipsam. 


Justice. 


CXVI. 


Justitia. 


Justice,  1 . 
is  painted,  sitting 
on  a  square  stone,  2.  for  she 
ought  to  be  immoveable; 
with  hood-winked  eyes,  3. 
that  she  may  not  respect 
persons ; 

stopping  the  left  ear,  4. 
J, 


justitia,  1. 
pingitur,  sedens 
in  lapide  quadrato,  z.  nam 
decet  esse  immobilis; 
obvelatis  oculis,  3. 
ad  non  respiciendum 
personas ; 
claudens  au rem  sinistram,  4. 


(H6) 


to  be  reserved 

for  the  other  party ; 

Holding  in  her  right 
Hand  a  Sword,  5. 
and  a  Bridle,  6. 
to  punish 
and  restrain  evil  men ; 

Besides, 
a  pair  of  Balances,  7. 
in  the  right  Scale,  8.  where- 
of Deserts, 
and  in  the  left,  9. 
Rewards  being  put, 
are  made  even  one  with 
another,  and  so  good  Men 
are  incited  to  virtue,  as  it 
were  with  Spurs,  10. 

In  Bargains,  11. 
let  Men  deal  candidly, 
let  them  stand  to  their 
Covenants  and  Promises  j 
let  that  which  is  given  one 
to  keep, 

and  that  which  is  lent, 
be  restored  : 

let  no  man  be  pillaged,  \  2. 
or  hurt,   13. 

let  every  one  have  his  own: 
these  are  the  precepts  of 
Justice. 

Such  things  as  these  are 
forbidden  in  God's  $th.  and 
yth.  Cammandment,  and 
deservedly  punish'd  on  the 
Gallows  and  the  Wheel,  \  4. 


reservandam 
alteri  parti ; 

Tenens  dextra 
Gladium,  5. 
&  Fr cerium,  6. 
ad  puniendum 
&  coercendum  malos; 

Praeterea, 
Stater  am,  7. 
cujus  dextrce  Land,  8. 
Merita, 
Sinistra;,  9. 
Prwrnia  imposita, 
sibi  invicem  exequantur, 
atque  ita  boni  incitantur 
ad  virtutem, 
ceu  Calcaribus,  10. 

I  n  Contractibus,  1 1 . 
candide  agatur : 
stetur 

Pactis  &  Promissis; 
Depositum, 

&  Mutuum, 

reddantur : 

nemo  expiletur,  12. 

aut  lozdatur,  1  3. 

suum  cuique  tribuatur : 

haec  sunt  praecepta 

Justitiae. 

Talio  prohibentur, 
quinto  &  septimo  Dei 
Pracepto,  & 
merito  puniuntur 
Cruce  ac  Rotd,  14. 


Liberality 


Liberalitas. 


Liberality,  i . 
keepeth  a  mean  about 
Riches,  which  she  honestly 
seeketh,  that  she  may  have 
somewhat    to    bestow    on 
them  that  want,  z. 

She  cloatheth,  3. 
nourisheth,  4. 
and  enricheth,  5. 
these  with  a  chearful  coun- 
tenance, 6. 
and  a  winged  hand,  7. 

She    submitteth    her 
wealth,  8.  to  her  self,  not 
her  self  to  it,  as  the  covet- 
ous man,  9.  doth,  who  hath, 
that  he  may   have,    and   is 
not  the  Owner, 
but  the  Keeper  of  his  goods, 
and  being  unsatiable, 
always  scrapeth  together,  10. 
with  his  Nails. 


Liberalitas,  1. 
servat  modum  circa 
Divitias,  quas  honeste 
quaerit  ut  habeat 
quod  largiatur 
Egenis,  2. 

Hos  vestit,  3. 
nutrit,  4. 
ditat,  5. 
Vultu  hi  I  art,  6. 

&  Manu  alatd,  7. 

Subjicit 
opes,  8.  sibi,  non 
se  ill  is,  ut  Avarus,  9. 
qui  habet, 
ut  habeat,  & 
non  est  Possessor 
sed  Custos  bonorum  suor- 
um,  &  insatiabilis, 
semper  corradit,  10. 
Unguibus  suis. 


(xA%) 


Moreover  he  spareth 
and  keepeth, 
hoarding  up,   1 1 . 
that  he  may  always  have. 

But  the  Prodigal,  12. 
badly  spendeth  things 
well  gotten, 
and  at  the  last  wanteth. 


Sed  &  parcit 
&  adservat, 
occludendo,  1 1 . 
ut  semper  habeat. 

At  Prodigus,  1  2. 
male  disperdit 
bene  parta, 
iac  tandem  eget. 


CXVIII. 

Societv  betwixt  Man  and  Wife. 


Marriage 
was  appointed  by  God 
in  Paradise,  for  mutual 
kelp,  and  the  Propagation 
of  mankind. 

A  young  man  {a  single  man) 
being  to  be  married, 
should  be  furnished 
either  with  Wealth, 
or  a  Trade  and  Science, 


Societas  Conjugalis. 

Matrimonium 
institutum  est  a  Deo 
in  Paradiso,  ad  mutuum 
adjutorium,  &  propagationem 
generis  humani. 

Vir  Juvenis  (Calebs) 
conjugium  initurus, 
instructus  sit 
aut  Op i bus, 
aut  Arte  &  Scientid, 


(  M9  ) 


which  may  serve 
for  getting  a  living; 
that  he  may  be  able 
to  maintain  a  Family. 

Then  he  chooseth  himself 
a  Man/ that  is  Marriageable, 
(or  a  Widow) 
whom  he  loveth  ;  never- 
theless a  greater  Regard 
is  to  be  had  of   Virtue, 
and  Honesty, 
than  of  Beauty  or  Portion. 

Afterwards,  he  doth  not 
betroth  her  to  himself 
closely,  but  entreateth 
for  her  asa  Woer, 
first  to  the  Father,  i. 
and  then  the  Mother,  2. 
or  the  Guardians, 
or  Kinsfolks,  by  such 
as  help  to  make  the  match,  3. 

When  she  is  espous'd  to 
him,hebecomelhtheJ5r/V/d'- 
groom,  4.  and  she  the  Bride, 
5.  and  the  Contract  is  made. 
and  an  Instrument  of  Dow- 
ry, 6.  is  written. 

At  the  last 
the  Wedding  is  made, 
where  they  are  joined  to- 
gether by  the  Priest,  7. 
giving  their  Hands,  8.  one 
to  another, 
and  Wedding-rings,  9. 
then  they  feast  with  the 
witnesses  that  are  invited. 

After  this  they  are  called 
Husband  and  Wife; 
when  she  is  dead  he  be- 
-cometh  a  Widower. 


quae  sit 

de  pane  lucrando;  f 
ut  possit 
sustentare  Familiam. 

Deinde  eligit  sibi 
Virginem  Nubilem, 
(aut  Viduani) 
quam  adamat ;  ubi 
tamen  major  ratio 
habenda  Virtutis 
&  Honestatis, 
quam  Fornne  aut  Dotis. 

Posthaec,  non  clam  des- 
pondet  sibi  earn, 
sed  ambit, 
ut  Procus, 
apud  Pat  rem,  \. 
&  Mat  rem,  2. 
vel  apud  Tutor es, 
&  Cognatos,  per 
Pronubos,  3 . 

Ed  sibi  desponsit, 
fit  Sponsus,  4. 
&  ipsa  Sponsa,  5. 
fiuntque  Sponsalia, 
&  scribitur  Instrumetitum 
Dot  ale,  6. 

Tandem 
fiunt  Nuptice 
ubi  copulantur 
a  Sacerdote,  7. 
datis  Manibus,  8.  ultro  ci- 
troque, 

&  Annulis  Nuptialibus,  9. 
turn  epulantur  cum 
invitatis  testibus. 

Abhinc  dicuntur 
Maritus  &  Uxor ; 
hdc  mortuA  ille  fit 
Viduus. 


CXIX. 

The  Tree  of  Consanguinity, 


Arbor  Consanguinitatis. 


In  Consanguinity 
there  touch  a  Man,  1. 
in  Lineal  Ascent, 
the  Father 

(the  Father-in-law),  2. 
and  the  Mother 
(the  Mother-in-law),  3. 
the  Grandfather,  4. 
and  the  Grandmother,  5. 
the  Great  Grandfather,  6. 
and  the  Great  Grandmother, 
7.  the  great  great 
Grandfather,  8. 
the  great  great 
Grandmother,  9. 
the  great  great  Grand- 
father s  Father,  10. 
the  great  great  Grand- 
mother's Mother,  1 1 . 


Hominem,  1. 
Consanguinitate  attingunt; 
in  Linea  ascendenti, 
Pater 

(Vitricus),\2.  ' 
&  Mater 
(JYoverca),*!,. 
Avus,  4. 
&  Avia,  5. 
Proavus,  6. 
&  Proavia,  7. 

Abavus,  8. 

&  Abavia,  9. 

Atavus,  10. 

&  Atavia,  1 1 


( i5i ; 


the  great  great  Grand- 
father s  Grandfather,   12. 

the  great  great  Grand- 
mothers Grandmother,  13. 

Those  beyond  these  are 
called  Ancestors,  14.  .  .  14. 

In  a  Lineal  descent, 
the  Son  [the  son-in-law),  15. 
and  the  Daughter,  {the 
Da  ugh  ter-  in  -/arc),  16. 
the  Nephew,  17. 
and  the  Neece,  18. 
the  Nephews  Son,  19.  and 
the  Nephews  Daughter,   20. 
the  Nephews  Nephew,  2 1 . 
a  n  d  t  h  e  A  Teeces  Neece,  2  2 . 
the  Nephews  Nephews 
Son,  23. 

the  Neece s  Neece s 
Daughter,   24. 
the  Nephews  Nephews  Ne- 
phew,  25. 

the  Neece s  Neeces  Neece,  26. 
Those  beyond  these  are 
railed  Posterity,  27.  .  .  27. 

In  a  Collateral  Line  are 
the  Uncle  by  the  Fathers 
side,  28. 

and  the  Aunt  by  the  Fathers 
side,  29. 

the  Uncle  by  the  Mothers 
side,  30. 

and  the  Aunt  by  the  Mo- 
thers side,  3  1 . 
the  Brother,  32. 
and  the  Sister,  33. 
the  Brothers  Son,  34. 
the  Sisters  Son,  35. 
and  the  Cousin  by  the  Bro- 
ther and  Sister,  36. 


Tritavus,  1  2 . 
&  Tritavia,  13. 

Ulteriores  dicuntur 
Majores,  14.  .  .   14. 

In  Linea  descendenti, 
Fili us  (Frivignus),  15. 
&  Fili  a  {Frivigna),  16. 

Nepos,  1 7. 
&  Neptis,  18. 
Pro  nepos,  i  9. 
&  Proneptis,   26. 
Ab nepos,  21. 
&  Abneptis,  22. 

At  nepos,  23. 
&  At  neptis,  24. 

Trinepos,  25. 
&  Trineptis,  26. 
Ulteriores  dicuntur 
Poster i,  2 7  ....  2 7 . 

In  Linea  Collateral i 
sunt  P  at  i- it  us,  28. 

&  Amita,  29. 

Avunculus,  30. 

&  Matertera,  3 1 . 

F rater,  32. 
&  .SV/w-,  33. 
Patruelis,  34. 
Sobrinus,  35. 

&  Amilinus,  36. 


( is*; 

cxx. 

The  Society  betwixt  Parents  and  Children. 


:          i     ■ 

■I4MH  j-j— ^rriffif  wnS^r^'-'^^^^jgr^^ 

W' 

ita   J 

_^^ftj^fvy^~\kjrm 

Societas  Parentalis. 


Married  Persons, 
(by  the  blessing  of  God) 
have  Issue, 
and  become  Parents. 

The  Father,  i.  begetteth 
and  the  Mother,  2.  beareth 
.Sew,  3.  and  Daughters,  4. 
(sometimes   Twins). 

The  Infant,  5. 
is  wrapped  in 
Swadling-c loathes,  6. 
is  laid  in  a  Cradle,  7. 
is  suckled  by  the  Mother 
with  her  Breasts,  8. 
and  fed  with  jPtf/,  9. 

Afterwards  it  learneth 
to  go  by  a  Standing-stool,  1  o. 


Conjuges, 
(ex  benedictione  Dei)  sus- 
cipiunt  Sobolem  "(Prolem) 
&  fiunt  Parentes. 

Pater,  1.  gene  rat 
&  Alater,  2.  parit 
Filios,  3.  &  Filias,  4. 
(aliquando  Gemellos). 

Infans,  5. 
involvitur 
Fasciis,  6. 

reponitur  in  Cunas,  7. 
lactatur  a  matre 
Uberibus,  8. 
&  nutritur  Pappis,  9. 

Deinde  discit 
in  cede  re  Sep  eras  to,  to. 


( 153; 

playeth  with  Rattles,   n. 
and  beginneth  to  speak. 

As  it  beginneth  to  grow 
older,  it  is  accustomed  to 
Piety,  12. 
and  Labour,   13. 
and  is  chastised,  14. 
if  it  be  not  dutiful. 

Children  owe  to  Parents 
Reverence  and  Service. 

The  Father  maintaineth 
his  Children 
by  taking  fains,  1 5 . 


ludit  Crepundiis,   11. 
&  incipit  fari. 

Crescente  aetate, 
adsuescit 
Pietati,  1  2. 
&  Labori,  13. 
&  castigatur,  14. 
si  non  sit  morigerus. 

Libert debent  Parentibus 
Cultum  &  Officium. 

Pater  sustentat 
Liberos, 
laboratulo,   15. 


CXXI. 

The  Society  betwixt  Masters  and  Servants. 


The  Master 
{the  goodman  of  the  House), 
1.  hath  Men-servants,  2. 


Societas  herilis. 
Herns 


{Pa  ter  fa  mi  Has) ,  1 . 

ha  bet  F amnios  {Servos),  2. 


( 154; 


the  Mistress 

{the good  wife  of  the  House'), 

3.  Maidens,  4. 

They  appoint  these  their 
Work,  6. 
and  divide 

them  their  tasks,  5.  which 
are  faithfully  to  be  done  by 
them  without  murmuring 
and  loss:  for  which  their 
Wages,  and  Meat&x\&  Drink 
is  allowed  them. 

A  Servant  was  heretofore 
a  Slave, 

over  whom  the  Master  ha:1 
power  of  life  and  death. 

At  this  day  the  poorer 
sort  serve  in  a  free  man- 
ner,being  hired  for  Wages. 


Hera 

(Mater  faniilias),  3. 

Ancillas,  4. 

Illi  mandant  his 
Opera,  6. 
&  distribuunt 
Laborum  Pensa,  5.  qua 
ab  his  fideliter  sunt  exse- 
quenda  sine  murmure 
&dispendio;  pro  quo 
Merces  &  Alimonia 
praebentur  ipsis. 

Servus  olim  erat  Man- 
cipium,  in  quern  Domino 
potestas  fuit 
vitse  &  necis 

Hodie  pauperiores 
serviunt  libere, 
conduct!  mercede. 


A  Citv. 


CXXII. 


Urbs. 


/^v.  ji  JbIL  J\>a^ 

PI 

Ji3i> 

•ttfaS 

•• 

18311 

3j~  f  <•  1 

1  isjjfs 

i52 

1 1  xSi^ 

0  Y§3il§§rS&?L5Si»5a 

jPSjcptt 

^^SJa>«r^^^vfl 

* 

'ttftffi.frf  ff 

lJLuji£  Ha^Hjil  Jfrb 

.fcgg 

*^l 

^§B§i 

rTW 

W^S^ft^ 

-JM 

Of  many  Houses 
is  made  a  Village,  1. 


Ex  uitiliis  Domibus 
fit  Pagus,  1. 


( 155 ; 


or  a  Toicn,  or  a  City,  2. 

That  and  this  are  fenced 
and  begirt  with  a    Wall,  3. 
a  Trench,  4. 
Bulwarks,  5. 
and  Pallisadoes,  6. 

Within  the  Walls  is 
the  void  Place,  7 . 
without,  the  Ditch,  8. 

In  the  Walls  are 
Fortresses,  9. 
and  Towers,  10. 
Watch- Towers,  11.  are 
upon  the  higher  places. 

The  entrance  into  a  City 
is  made  out  of  the  Suburbs, 
12.  through  Gates,    13. 
over  the  Bridge,  14. 

The  Gate  hath 
a  Portcullis,  15. 
a  Draw-bridge,  16. 
two-leaved  Doors,  17. 
Locks  and  Bolts, 
as  also  Barrs,    18. 

In  the  Suburbs  are 
Gardens,  19. 

and  Garden-houses,  20.  and 
also  Burying-places,  21. 


vel  Oppidum,  vel  £//'&>-,  2. 

Istud  &  haec  muniuntur 
&  cinguntur  Mcenibus 
(Muro),  3.  F0//0,  4. 
Aggeribus,  5. 
&  raZ/fr,   6. 

Intra  muros  est 
Pomcerium,  7. 
extra,  Fossa,  8. 

In  mcenibus  sunt 
Propugnacula,  9. 
&  Tu r res,   10. 
Specula,  11.  ex- 
tant in  editioribus  locis. 

Ingressus  in  Urbem  fit 
ex  Su  bur  bio,  1 2. 
per  Porta m,   13. 
super  Ponton,    14. 

Porta  habet 
Cataractas,  1  5. 
Pontem  versatilcm,  16. 
Vulvas,  1 7 . 

Claustra  &  Repagula, 
ut  &  Vectes,  18. 

In  Suburbiis  sunt 
Horti,  19. 
&  Suburbana,  20. 
ut  &  Coemeteria,  21. 


( 156; 

CXXIII. 
The  inward  parts  of  a  City. 


Interiora  Urbis. 


Within  the  City  are 
Streets,  i. 

paved  with  Stones; 
Market-places,  z. 
(in  some  places  with 
Galleries),  3. 
and  narrow  Lanes,  4, 

The  Publick  Buildings 
are  in  the  middle  of  the 
City,  the  Church,  5. 
the  School,  6. 
the  Guild -Hal I,  7, 
the  Exchange,  8. 

About  the  Walls  and  the 
Gates  are  the  Magazine,  9. 
the  Granary,  10. 
Inns,  Ale-houses, 
Cooks-shops,  1  r . 


Intra  urbem  sunt 
Platece  (Vici),  1. 
stratae  Lapidibus; 
For  a,  2. 
(alicubi  cum 
Porticibus),  3. 
&  Angiportus,  4. 

Publica  aedificia 
sunt  in  medio  Urbis, 
Templum,  5. 
Schola,  6. 
Curia,  7. 

Do  inns  Mercaturce,  8. 
Circa  Moenia,  &  Portas 
Armamentarium,  9. 
Granarium,  10. 
Diversoria,  Popinoz, 
&  Ca  up  once,  1 1 . 


( i57 ; 


the  Play-house,  1 2. 

and  the  Spittle,  13. 

In  the  by-places 
are  Houses  of  Offiee,  14. 
and  the  Prison,  15. 

In  the  chief  Steeple 
is  the  Cloek,  16.  and  the 
Watchmans  Dwelling,  17. 

In  the  Streets  are  Wells, 
18. 

The  River,  19.  or  Beck, 
runneth  about  the  City, 
serveth  to  wash  away  the 
filth. 

The  Tower,  20. 
standeth  in  the  highest 
part  of  the  City. 

Judgment. 


Theatrum,  12. 
Nosodochiu  m,  13. 

In  recessibus, 
Foricce  (Cloacae),  14. 
&  Custodia  (Career),  15. 

In  turre  primaria 
est  Horologium,  16. 
&  habitatio  Vigilum,  17. 

In  Plateis  sunt  Putei, 
18. 

Fluvius,  19.  vel  Rivus, 
intertluens  Urbem, 
inservit  eluendis 
sordibus. 

Arx,  20. 
extat  in  summo 
Urbis. 


CXXIY 


Judicium. 


The  best  Law,  is  Optimum  Jus,  est 

a  quiet  agreement,  I  placida  conventio, 

made  either  by  themselves,  |  facta  vel  ab  ipsis, 


r  i5«; 


betwixt  whom  the  sute  is, 
or  by  an  Umpire. 

If  this  do  not  proceed, 
they  come  into  Court,  i. 
(heretofore  they  judg'd 
in  the  Market-place  ;  at 
this  day  in  the  Moot-hall) 
in  which  the  Judge,  2. 
sitteth  with  his  Assessors, 3. 
the  Clerk,  4.  taketh 
their  Votes  in  writing. 

The  Plaintiff,  5. 
accuseth  the  Defendant,  6. 
and  produceth  Witnesses,"]. 
against  him. 

The  Defendant  excuseth 
himself  by  a  Counsellor,  8. 
whom  the  Plaintiff's  Coun- 
sellor, 9.  contradicts. 

Then  the  Judge 
pronounceth  Sentence, 
acquitting  the  innocent, 
and  condemning 
him  that  is  guilty, 
to  a  Punishment, 
or  a  Fine, 
or  Torment. 


inter  quos  lis  est 
vel  ab  Arbitro. 

Haec  si  non  procedit, 
venitur  in  Forum,  1. 
(olim  judicabant 
in  Foro, 

hodie  in  Prcetorio) 
cui  Judex  (Praetor),  2. 
praesidet  cum  Assessoribus, 
3.  Dicographus,  4.  excipit 
Vota  calamo. 

Actor,  5. 
accusat  Reum,  6. 
&  producit  Testes,  7. 
contra  ilium. 

Feus  excusat 
se  per  Adz'ocatum,  8. 
cui  Actoris  Procurator,  9. 
contradicit. 

Turn  Judex 
Sententiam  pronunciat, 
absolvens  insontem, 
&  damnans 
sontem 
ad  Posnam, 
vel  Mulctam, 
vel  ad  Supplicium. 


r  159 ; 
cxxv. 

The  Tormenting  of  Malefactors. 


Supplicia  Malefactorum. 


Malefactors,  1. 
are  brought 
from  the  Prison,  3. 
(where  they  are  wont  to  be 
tortured)  by  Serjeants,  2. 
or  dragged  with  a  Horse,  1  5. 
to  place  of  Execution. 

T/iieves,  4. 
are  hanged  by  the  Hang- 
man, 6.  on  a  Gallows,  5. 

Whoremasters 
are  beheaded,  7. 

Murtherers 
and  Robbers  are 
either  laid  upon  a  Wheel,  8. 
having  their  Legs  broken^ 
or  fastened  upon  a  Stake,  9. 

Witches 


Malefici,  r. 
producuntur, 
e  Car  cere,  3. 
(ubi  torqueri  solent) 
per  Lictores,  2. 
vel  Equo  raptantur,  15. 
ad  locum  Supplicii. 

Eures,  4. 
suspenduntur  a  Carnificc,b. 
in  Patibulo,  5. 

Mcechi 
decollantur,  7. 

Homicidoz  (Sicarii) 
ac  Latrones  (Piratae) 
vel  imponuntur  Rotce 
cruci/ragio  plexi,  8. 
vel  Palo  infiguntur,  9. 

Striges  (Lamiae) 


(i6o) 


are  burnt  in  a. great 
Fire,  10. 

Some  before  they  are 
executed  have  their  Ton- 
gues cut  out,  I  I . 
or  have  their  Hand,  1  2. 
cut  off  upon  a  Block, it,,  or 
are  burnt  with  Pincers,  14. 

They  that  have  their 
Life  given  them, 
are  set  on  the  Pillory,  16. 
or  strapado'd,  17.  are 
set  upon  a  wooden  Horse,  18. 
have  their  Ears  cut  off,   19. 
are  whipped  with  Rods,  20. 
are  branded, 
are  banished, 
are  condemned 
to  the  G  a  Hies,  or  to 
perpetual  Imprisonment. 

Traytors  are  pull'd  in 
pieces  with  four  Horses, 


cremantur  super 
Rogum,  10. 

Quidam  antequam 
supplicio 

afficiantur  elinguantur,  11. 
aut  plectuntur  Manu,  12. 
super  Cippian,   13. 
aut  Forcipibus,  14.  uruntur 

Vita  donati, 

constringuntur  Numellis, 
16.   luxantur,  17. 
imponuntur  Equuleo,  18. 
truncantur  Auribus,  19, 
cceduntur  Virgis,  20. 
Stigmate  notantur, 
relegantur, 
damnantur 
ad  Triremes,  vel  ad 
Carcerem  perpetuum. 

Perduelles  discerpuntur 
Quadrigis. 


Merchandizing 


Mercatura, 


Wares 

brought  from  other  places 

are  either  exchanged 

in  an  Exchange,  I. 

or  exposed  to  sale 

in  Warehouses,  2. 

and  they  are  sold 

for  Money,  3. 

being  either  measured 

with  an  Eln,  4. 

or  weighed 

in  a  pair  of  Bala /ices,  5. 

Shop-keepers,  6. 
Pedlars,  7. 
and  Brokers,  8. 
would  also  be  called 
Merchants,   9. 

The  Seller 
braggeth  of  a  thing 
that  is  to  be  sold, 

M 


Mcrces, 

aliunde  allatae,  aliunde 

vel  commutantur 

in  Do  mo  Commerciorum,  1, 
Ivel  exponuntur  venum 
1  in  Tabernis Mercimoniorum, 

2.  &  venduntur 
[pro  Pccunia  (moneta),  3. 
[vel  mensuratae 

Ulna,  4. 

vel  ponderatae 

Libra,  5. 

Tabernarii.  6. 

Circumforanei,  7. 

&  Scrutarii,  8. 

etiam  volunt  dici 

Mercatores,  9. 
Venditor 

ostentat  rem 

promercalem, 


r  162; 


and  setteth  the  rate  of  it, 
and  how  much 
it  may  be  sold  for. 

The  Buyer,  10.  cheapneth 
and  offereth  the  price. 

If  any  one 
bid  against  him,  11.  the 
thing  is  delivered  to  him 
that  promiseth  the  most. 


&  indicat  pretium," 

quanti 

liceat. 

Emptor,  10.  licetur, 
&  pretium  offert. 

Si  quis 
contralicetur,  11. 
ei  res  addicitur 
qui  pollicetur  plurimum. 


CXXVII. 
Measures  and  Weights.  Mensurae  &  Pondera. 


We  measure  things  that 
hang  together  with  an  Eln, 
1.  liquid  things 
with  a  Gallon,  2. 
and  dry  things 
by  a  two-bushel  Measure,  3. 

We  try  the  heaviness  of 
things  by  Weights,  4. 
and  Balances,  5. 

In  this  is  first 


Res  continuas  metimur 
Ulna,  1. 
liquidas 
Congio,  2. 
aridas 
Mcdimno,  3. 

Gravitatem  rerum  ex- 
perimur  Ponderibus,  4. 
&  Libra  (bilance),  5. 

In  hac  primd  est 


( i63 ; 


the  Beam,  6. 

in  the  midst  whereof  is  a 
little  Axle-tree,  7.  above 
the  cheeks  and  the  hole,  8. 
in  which  the  Needle,  9. 
moveth  it  self  to  and  fro  : 
on  both  sides 
are  the  Scales,  10. 
hanging  by  little  Cords,  11. 
The  B 'rasters  balance,  12. 
weigheth  things  by  hang- 
ing them  on  a  Hook,   13. 
and  the  Weight,  14. 
opposite  to  them  which 
in  (a)  weigheth  just  as 
much  as  the  thing, 
in  (b)  twice  so  much 
in  (c)  thrice  so  much,  &c. 


Jugum  (Scapus),  6. 
in  cujus  medio 
Axiculus,  7.  superius 
trutina  &  agina,  8. 
in  qua  Examen,  9. 
sese  agitat : 
utrinque 
sunt  Lances,  10. 
pendentes  Funiculis,  11. 

Stater  a,   1  2. 
ponderat  res,suspendendo 
illas  Unco,  13. 
&  Pondus,  14. 
ex  opposito,  quod 
in  (a)  aequiponderat 
rei, 

in  (b)  bis  tantum, 
in  (c)  ter,  &c. 


Physick 


CXXVIII. 


Ars  Medica. 


The  Patient,  1. 
sendeth  for  a  Physician,  2. 


s£grotans,  I. 
accersit  Medicum,  2. 


r  i64 ) 


who  feeleth  his  Pulse,  3, 
and  looketh  upon  his  Wa- 
ter, 4.  and  then  prescribeth 
a  Receipt  in  a  Bill,  5. 

That  is  made  ready- 
by  an  Apothecary,  6. 
in  a  Apothecaries  Shop,  7. 
where  Drugs 
are  kept  in  Drawers,  8. 
Boxes,  9. 
and  Gally-pots,  10. 

And  it  is 
either  a  Potion,  1 1. 
or  Powder,  1 2. 
or  TV/A,  13. 
or  Trochisks,  14. 
or  an  Electuary,  15. 

Z>zV/  and  Prayer,  16. 
is  the  best  Physick. 

The  Chirurgeon,  18. 
cureth  Wounds,  17. 
and  Ulcers, 
with  Plasters,  19, 


qui  tangit  ipsius  Arteriam, 
3.  &  inspicit  Urinam,  4. 
turn  praescribit  Med- 
icamentum  in  Schedula,  5. 

Istud  paratur 
a  Pharmacopceo,  6. 
in  Phar?nacopolio,   7. 
ubi  Pharmaca 
adservantur  in  Capsulis,  8. 
Pyxidibus,  9. 
&  Lagenis,  10. 

Estque 
vel  Potio,  11. 
vel  Pulvis,  1 2. 
vel  Pillule,  13. 
vel  Pastilli,  14. 
vel  Electuarium,  15. 

Diceta  &  Oratio,  16. 
est  optima  Medicina. 

Chirurgus,  ,1 8 . 
curat  Vulnera,  17. 
&  Ulcer  a, 
Spleniis  (emplastris),  19. 


A  Burial 


Sepultura. 


*  'Dead  Folks 
heretofore  were  burned, 
and  their  Ashes 
put  into  an  Urn,  1. 

We  enclose 
our  dead  Folks 
in  a  Coffin,  2. 
lay  them  upon  a  Bier,  3. 
and  see  they  be  carried  out 
in  a  Funeral  Pomp 
towards  the  Church-yard,^. 
where  they  are  laid 
in  a  Grave,  6. 
by  the  Bearers,  5. 
and  are  interred  ; 
this  is  covered  with 
a  Grave-stone,  7. 
and  is  adorned 
with  Tombs,  8. 
and  Epitaphs,  9. 


Defuncti 
lolim  cremabantur, 
j&  Cineres 
,  recondebantur  in  Urna,  1. 

Nos  includimus 
nostros  Demortuos 
Loculo,  (Capulo),  2. 
imponimus  Feretro,  3. 
&  curamus  efferri 
Pompd  Funebri 
versus  Coemeterium,  4. 
ubi  inferuntur, 
Sepulchro,  6. 
a  Vespillonibus,  5. 
&  humantur ; 
hoc  tegitur 
Cippo,  7. 
&  ornatur 
Monumentis,  8. 
ac  Epitaphiis,  9. 


If  166 ; 


As  the  Corps  go  along 
Psalms  are  sung, 
and  the  Bells  are  rung,  10. 


Funere  prodeunte, 
Hymni  cantantur, 
&  Campanoz,  10.  pulsantur. 


A  Stage-play 


cxxx. 


Ludus  Scenicus. 


In  a  Play-house,  1. 
(which  is  trimmed 
with  Hangings,  2.  and 
covered  with  Curtains,  3.) 
Comedies  and  Tragedies  are 
acted, 

wherein  memorablethings 
are  represented ; 
as  here,  the  History 
of  the  Prodigal  Son,  4. 
and  his  Father,  5. 
by  whom  he  is  entertain'd, 
being  return'd  home. 

The  Players  act 
being  in  disguise; 
the  Fool,  6.  maketh  Jests. 


In  Theatro,  1. 
(quod  vestitur 
Tapetibus,  2.  & 
tegitur  Sipariis,  3.) 
Co  me  dice  vel  Tragcedice 
aguntur, 

quibus  repraesentantur  res 
memorabiles 
ut  hie,  Historia 
de  Filio  Prodigo,  4. 
&  Patre,  5.  ipsius, 
a  quo  recipitur, 
domum  redux. 

Adores  {Histriones)  agunt 
personati ; 
Morio,  6.  dat  Jocos. 


r  167  j 


The  chief  of  the  Specta- 
tors sit  in  the  Gallery,  7. 
the  common  sort  stand 
on  the  Ground,  8. 
and  clap  the  hands, 
if  anything  please  them. 


Spectatorum  primarii, 
sedent  in  Orchestra,  7. 
plebs  stat 
in  Cavea,  8. 
&  plaudit, 
si  quid  arridet. 


Sleights. 


CXXXI. 


Praestigiae. 


The  Tumbler,  1. 
maketh  several  Shows 
by  the  nimbleness  of  his 
body,  walking  to  and  fro 
on  his  hands, 
leaping 
through  a  Hoop,  2.  &c. 

Sometimes  also 
he  danceth,  4. 
having  on  a  Vizzard. 

The  Jugler,  3. 
sheweth  sleights, 
out  of  a  Purse. 


PrcBstigiator,  1. 
facit  varia  Spectacula, 
volubilitate 

corporis,  deambulando 
ma  nib  us, 
saliendo 
per  Circulum,  2.  &c. 

Interdum  etiam 
tripudiat,  4. 
Larvatus. 

Agyrta,  3. 
facit  prcestigias 
e  Marsupio. 


(  i68) 


The  Rope-dancer,  5. 
goeth  and  danceth 
upon  a  Hope, 
holdeth  a  Poise,  6. 
in  his  hand; 
or  hangeth  himself 
byjthe  hand  or  foot,  7.  &c. 


Funambulus,  5. 
graditur  &  saltat 
super  Funem, 
ten  ens  Halter  em,  6. 
manu  ; 

aut  suspendit  se 
manu  vel  pede,  7.  &c. 


The  Fencing-School. 


CXXXII. 


Palestra. 


Fencers 
meet  in  a  Duel 
in  a  Fencing-place, 
fighting  with  Swords,   1. 
or  Pikes,  2. 
and  Halberds,  3. 
or  Short-swords,  4. 
or  Rapiers,  5. 
having  balls  at  the  point 
(lest  they  wound  one 
another  mortally) 
or  with  two  edged- Swords 
and  a  Dagger,  6.  together. 


Pugiles 
congrediuntur  Duello 
in  Palestra, 

decertantes  vel  Gladiis,  1. 
vel  Hastilibus,  2. 
&  Bipennibus,  3. 
vel  Semispathis,  4. 
vel  Ensibus,  5. 
mucro7iem  obligatis, 
(ne  laedet 
lethaliter) 
vel  Frameis 
&  Pugione,  6,  simul. 


(  i69  ) 


Wrestlers,  7. 
(among  the  Romans 
in  time  past  werenayked 
and  anointed  with  Oyl) 
take  hold  of  one  another 
and  strive  whether 
can  throw  the  other, 
especially  by  tripping  up  his 
heels,  8. 

Hood-winked  Fencers,  9. 
fought  with  their  fists  in 
a  ridiculous  strife,  to  wit, 
with  their  Eyes  coverered. 


Luctatores,  7. 
(apud  Romanos 
olim  nudi 
&  inuncti  Oleo) 
prehendunt  se  invicem 
&  annituntur  uter 
alterum  prosternerepos- 
sit,  praeprimis 
supplantando,  8. 

Andabatoz,  9. 
pugnabant  pugnis 
ridiculo  certamine, 
nimirum  Oculis  obvelatis. 


Tennis-play. 


CXXXIII. 


Ludus  Pilae. 


In  a  Tennis  Court,  1. 
they  play  with  a  Ball,  2. 
which  one  throweth, 
and  another  taketh, 
and  sendeth  it  back 
with  a  Racket,  3. 


In  Sphozristerio,  1. 
luditur  Pild,  2. 
quam  alter  mittit, 
alter  excipit, 
&  remittit 
Reticulo,  3. 


(  J7°  ) 


and  that  is  the  Sport 
of  Noble  Men 
to  stir  their  Body. 

A  Wind-ball,  4. 
being  filled  with  Air, 
by  means  of  a  Ventil, 
is  tossed  to  and  fro 
with  the  Fist,  5. 
in  the  open  Air. 


idque  est  Lusus 
Nobilium  ad 
commotionem  Corporis. 
Follis  (pila  magna),  4. 
distenta  Aere 
ope  Epistomii, 
reverberberatur 
Pug  no,  5. 
sub  Dio. 


Dice-plav 


CXXXIV. 


Ludus  Aleae. 


We  play  with  Dice,  1. 
either  they  that  throw  the 
most  take  up  all ; 
or  we  throw  them 
through  a  Casting- box,  2. 
upon  a  Board,  3. 
marked  with  figures, 
and  this  is  Dice-players  game 
at  casting  Lots. 

Men  play  by  Luck  and 
Skill  ?X  Tables. 
in  a  pair  of  Tables,  4. 


Tesseris  {talis),  1.  ludi- 
mus  vel  Tlistobolindam  ; 

vel  immittimus  illas 

per  Frittillum,  2. 

in  Tabellam,  3. 

notatam  numeris, 

idque  est  Ludas  Sortilegii 

Aleatorum, 

Sorte  &  Arte  luditur 
Calculis 
in  Alveo  aleatorio,  4. 


( i7i ; 


and  at  Cards,  5. 

We  play  at  Chesse 
on  a  Chesse-board,  6.  where 
only  art  beareth  the  sway. 

The  most  ingenious 
Game  is  the  Game  of 
Chesse,  7.  wherein  as  it 
were  two  Armies 
fight  together  in  Battel. 


&  Chartis  lusoriis,  5. 

Ludimus  Abaculis 
in  Abaco,  6.  ubi 
sola  ars  regnat. 

Ingeniosissimus   Ludus 
est    Ludus  Latrunculorumy 
7.  quo  veluti 
duo  Exercitus 
confligunt  Praelio. 


Races. 


CXXXV. 


Cursus  Certamina. 


Boys  exercise  themselves 
by  running,  either  upon 
the  Ice,  1.  in  Scrick-shoes,  2. 
where  they  are  carried  also 
upon  Sleds,  3.  or  in  the  open 
Field,  making  a  Line,  4. 
which  he  that  desireth  to 
win,  ought  to  touch,  but 
not  to  run  beyond  it. 

Heretofore  Runners,  5. 
run  betwixt  Rails,  6. 


Pueri  exercent  se 
cursu,  sive  super 
Glaciem,  1.  Diabatris,  2. 
ubi  etiam  vehuntur 
Trahis,  3.  sive  in  Campo, 
designantes  Lineam,  4. 
quam  qui  vincere  cupit 
debet  attingere,  at 
non  ultrd  procurrere. 

Olim  decurrebant  Cur- 
sores,  5.  inter  Cancellos,  6. 


(  l72  ) 


to  the  Goal,  7.  and 
he  that  toucheth  it  first 
receiveth  the  Prize,  8.  from 
him  that  gave  the  prize,  9. 

At  this  day  Tilting 
(or  the  quintain)  is  used, 
(where  a  Hoop,  11. 
is  struck  at  with 
a  Truncheon,  10.)  in- 
stead of  Horse-races,  which 
are  grown  out  of  use. 


ad  Metam,  7.  & 
qui  primum  contingebat 
earn,  accipiebat  Brabeum, 
(prcemium),  8.  a  Brabeuta,  9. 

Hodie  Hastiludia 
habentur, 
(ubi  Cir cuius,  1 1. 
petitur 
Lancea,  10.) 
loco  Equiriorum,  quae 
abierunt  in  desuetudinem. 


Boys  Sport. 


CXXXVI. 


Ludi  Pueriles. 


Boys  use  to  play 
either  with  Bowling-stones 
1.  or  throwing  a  Bo7vl,  2. 
at  Nine-pins,  3. 
or  striking  a  Ball, 
through  a  Ring,  5. 
with  a  Bandy,  4. 
or  scourging  a  Top,  6. 
with  a  Whip,  7. 


Bueri  solent  ludere 
vel  Globis  fictilibus,  1. 
vel  jactantes  Globum,  2. 
ad  Conas,  3. 

vel  mittentes  Sphcerulam 
per  Annulum,  5. 
Clava,  4. 

versantes  Turbinem,  6. 
Flagello,  7. 


(  l73  ) 


or  shooting  with  a  Trunk,%. 
and  a  Bow,  9.  or  going 
upon  Stiffs,  10.  or  tossing 
and  swinging  themselves 
upon  a  Merry-totter,  11. 


vel  jaculantes  Sclopo,  8. 
&  Arcu,  9.  vel  incidentes 
Grallis,  10.  vel  super 
Petaurum,  11.se 
agitantes  &  oscillantes. 


CXXXVII. 

The  Kingdom  and  the  Region. 


Regnum 
Many  Cities  and   Villages 

make  a  Region 

and  a  Kingdom. 

The  King  or  Prince   re- 
si  deth  in  the  chief  City,  1. 

the  Noblemen,  Lords, 

and  Earls  dwell 

in  the  Castles,  2. 

that  lie  about  it ; 

the  Country  People 

dwell  in  Villages,  3. 


&  Regio. 

Multae  Urbes  &  Pagi 
faciunt  Regionem 
&  Regnum. 

Rex  aut  Princeps 
sedet  in  Metropoli.  1. 
Nobiles,  Bar  ones, 
&  Comites  habitant 
in  Arcibus,  2. 
circumjacentibus ; 
Rustici 
in  7V'->',  3- 


(  174  J 


He  hath  his  toll-places 
upon  navigable  Rivers,  4. 
and  high-Roads,  5. 
where  Portage  and  To  I  lag  e 
is  exacted  of  them 
that  sail 
or  travel. 


Habet  telonia  sua 
juxta  Flumina  navigabilia, 
4.  &  Vias  regias,  5. 
ubi  Portorum  &  Vectigal 
exigitur 
a  navigantibus 
&  iter  facientibus. 


CXXXVIII. 


Regal  Majesty 


Regia  Majestas. 


The  King,  1. 
sitteth  on  his  Throne,   2. 
in  Kingly  State, 
with  a  stately  Habit,  3. 
crowned  with  a  Diadem,  4. 
holding  a  Scepter,  5. 
in  his  Hand, 
being  attended  with 
a  Company  of  Courtiers. 

The  chief  among  these, 
are  the  Chancellor,  6. 
with  the   Counsellors 


Rex,  1 . 
sedet  in  suo  Solio,  2. 
in  regio  splendore, 
magnifico  Habitu,  3. 
redimitus  Diademate,  4. 
tenens  Sceptrum,  5. 
manu, 
stipatus 
frequentia  Aulicorum. 

Inter  hos  primarii  sunt 
Cancellarius,  6. 
cum  Consiliariis 


r  175; 


and  Secretaries, 

the  Lord-marshall,  7. 

the  Comptroller,  8. 

the  Cup-bearer,  9. 

the  Taster,  10. 

the  Treasurer,  1 1 . 

the  High  Chamberlain,  1 2. 

and  the  Master  of  the 

Horse,  1  3 . 

There  are  subordinate 

to  these 

the  Noble  Courtiers,  14. 

the  Noble  Pages,  1  5. 

with  the  Chamberlains, 

and  Lacquies,  16. 

the  Guard,  17. 

with  their  Attendance. 

He  solemnly  giveth  Au- 
dience to  the  Ambassadors 
of  Foreign  Princes,  18. 

He  sendeth 
his   Vice-gerents, 
Deputies, 

Governors,    Treasurers, 
and  Ambassadors 
to  other  places, 
to  whom  he  sendeth 
new  Commissions  ever 
and  anon  by  the  Posts,   19. 

The  Fool,  20. 
maketh  Laughter 
by  his  toysom  Actions. 


&  Secretariis, 
Pr  a  feet  us  Prcetorii,  7. 
Aula  M agister,  8. 
Pocillator  (pincerna),  9. 
Dapifer,  10. 
Thesaurarius,  1 1 . 
Archi-Cubicularius,   12. 
&  Stabuli  M agister,   1 3 . 

Subordinantur 
his 

Nobiles  Aulici,   14. 
Nobile  Famulitium,  15. 
cum  Cubiculariis, 
&  Cursoribus,  16. 
Stipatores,  17. 
cum  Satellitio. 

Solemniter  recipit 
Legatos 
exterorum,  18. 

Ablegat 
Vicarios  suos, 
Administra  tores, 
Prafcctos,  Qucestores, 
&  Legatos, 
aliorsum, 
quibus  mittit 
Mandata  nova 
subinde  per  Veredarios,  19. 

Morio,  20. 
movet  Risum 
ludicris  Actionibus. 


The  Soldier. 


(  nt) 

CXXXIX. 


Miles. 


If  we  be  to  make  War 
Soldiers  are  lifted,  i. 

Their  Arms  are 
a  Head-piece,  2. 
(which  is  adorned  with  a 
Crest)  and  the  Armour, 
whose  parts  are  a  Collar,^. 
a  Breast-plate,  4. 
Arm-pieces,  5. 
Leg-pieces,  6. 
Greaves,  7. 

with  a  Ctftf/  0/  Mail,  8. 
and  a  Buckler,  9.  these 
are  the  defensive  Arms. 

The  offensive  are 
a  Sword,  10. 
a  two-edged  Sword,  1 1 . 
a  Falchion,  12. 
which  are  put  up  into 
a  Scabbard,  1  3 . 
and  are  girded  with  a  GYr- 
dle,  14.  or  i?<?//,  15. 


Si  bellandum  est 
scribuntur  Milites.  1. 

Horum  Arma  sunt, 
Galea  (Cassis,  2.) 
(quae  ornatur 
Crista)  &  Armatura, 
cujus  partes   Torquis  fa- 
reus,  3.  Thorax,  4. 
Brachialia,  5. 
Ocrece  ferrex,  6. 
Ma?iicce,  7. 
cum  Lorica,  8. 
&  6W//V?  (Clypeo),  9. 
haec  sunt  Arma  defensiva, 

Offensiva  sunt 
Gladius,  10. 
Framea,  1 1. 
&  Acinaces,  1  2. 
qui  reconduntur 
Vagina,    13. 
accinguntur  Cingu- 
lo,  14.  vel  Baltheo,  15. 


(  »77  ) 


(a  Scarf,  16. 
serveth  for  ornament) 
a  two  handed- Sword,  17. 
and  a  Dagger,  18. 

In  these  is  the  Haft,  19. 
with  the  Pummel,  20. 
and  the  Blade,  21. 
having  a  Point,  22. 
in  the  middle  are  the 
Back,  23.  and  the  Edge,  24. 

The  other  Weapons  are 
a  /V/&£,  25.  a  H albert,  26. 
(in  which  is  the  Haft,  27. 
and  the  Head,  28.)  a 
Club,zg.  and  a  Whirlebat,$o. 

They  fight  at  a  distance 
with  Muskets,  3  1 . 
and  Pistols,  32.  which 
are  charged  with  Bullets, 
33.  out  of  a  Bullet-bag,  34. 
and  with  Gun-powder 
out  of  a  Bandalier,  35. 


The  Camps. 


{Fascia  militaris,  16. 
inservit  ornatui) 
Romphcea,  17. 
&  Pugio,  18. 

In  his  est  Manubrium,\g , 
cum  Porno,  20. 
&  Verutum,  2 1 . 
Cuspidatum,  22. 
in  medio 
Dorsum,  23.  &  Acies,  24. 

Reliqua  arma  sunt 
Hasta,  25.  Bipennis,  26. 
(in  quibus  Hastile,  27. 
&  Mucro,  28.) 
Clava,  29.  &  Ccestus,  30. 

Pugnatur  eminiis 
Bombardis  (Sclopetis),  31. 
&  Sclopis,  32.  quae 
onerantur  Globis,  33. 
d  Theca  bombardica,  34. 
&  Pulvere  nitrato 
e  Pyxide  pulveraria,  35. 


r  178; 


When  a  Design  is  under- 
taken the  Camp,  1.  is 
pitched  and  the  Te?its  of 
Canvas,  2.  or  Straw,  3. 
are  fastned  with  Stakes  ; 
and  they  entrench  them 
about  for  security's  sake, 
with  Bulwarks,  4. 
and  Ditches,  5. 
Sentinels,  6.  are  also  set; 
and  Scouts,  7.  are  sent  out. 

Sal  lyings  out,  8. 
are  made  for  Forage 
and  Plunder-sake,  where 
they  often  cope  with  the 
Enemy,  9    in  skirmishing. 

The  Pavilion  of  the 
Lord  General  is  in  the 
midst  of  the  Camp,  10. 


Expeditione  sus- 
ceptd,  Castra,  1. 
iocantur  &  Tentoria  Lin- 
tels, 2.  vel  Stramentis,  3. 
figuntur  Paxil  lis  j 
eaque  circumdant, 
securitatis  gratid 
Aggeribus,  4. 
&  Fossis,  5.  Excubioz, 
6.  constituuntur;  &  Ex- 
ploratores,  7.  emittuntur. 

Excursioncs,  8. 
fiunt  Pabulationis 
&  Praedae  causa,  ubi 
saepius  confligitur  cum 
Hostibus,  9.  velitando. 

Tentorium 
summi  Imperatoris  est  in 
medio  Castrorum,  10. 


The  Army  and  the  Fi<rht.    CXLI.    Acies  &  Proelium. 


When  the  Battel 


Quando  Pugna 


(  J79  ) 


is  to  be  fought  the 
Army  is  set  in  order,  and 
divided  into  the  Front,  i. 
the  Rere,  z. 

and  the  IVi/igs,  3. 

The  Foot,  4. 
are  intermixed 
with  the  Horse,  5. 

That  is  divided 
into  Companies, 
this  into  Troops. 

These  carry  Fanners,  6. 
those  Flags,  7. 
in  the  midst  of  them. 

Their  Officers  are, 
Corporals,  Ensigns, 
Lieutenants,  Captains,  g. 
Commanders  of  the  Horse,  9. 
Lieutenant  Colonels, 
Colonels, 

and  he  that  is  the  chief  of 
all,  the  General. 

The  Drummers,  10. 
and  the  Drumslades,  1 1. 
as  also  the  Trumpeters,    12. 
call  to  Arms, 
and  inflame  the  Soldier. 

At  the  first  Onset 
the  Muskets,  13.  and 
Ordnance,  14.  are  shot  off. 

Afterwards  they  fight, 
15.  hand  to  hand 
with  Pikes  and  Swords. 

TJiey  that  are  overcome 
are  slain.  1 6. 
or  taken  prisoners, 
or  run  away,  1  7. 

They  that  are  for  the  Re- 
serve,   1 8 . 
come  upon  them 


committenda  est, 
Acies  instruitur,  & 
dividitur  in  Frofitem,  1. 
Tergum,  2. 
&  Alas  {Cornua),  3. 

Peditatus,  4. 
intermiscetur 
Fouitalui,  5. 

Ille  distinguitur 
in  Centurias, 
hie  in  Turmas. 

Illae  in  medio  ferunt 
Vcxilla,  6. 
hae  Labara,  7. 

Eorum  Praefecti  sunt, 
Decuriones,  Signiferi, 
Vicarii,  Centuriones,  8. 
Magistri  Equitum,  9. 
Tribuni, 
ChiliarcJue, 
&  summus  omnium 
Imperator. 

TympanistcB,  10. 
&  Tympanotribce,   n. 
ut  &  Tubicines,  1  2. 
vocant  ad  A  rma 
&  inflammant  Militem. 

Primo  Conflictu, 
BombardcB,  13.  & 
Tormenta,\\.  exploduntur. 

Postea  pugnatur,  15. 
cominus 
LLastis  &  Gladiis. 

Victi 
trucidantur,  1  6. 
vel  capiimtur, 
vel  aufugiunt,  17. 

Succenturiati,  1 8. 

superveniunt 


out  of  their  places  ivherc 
they  lay  in  wait. 

The  Carriages,  19. 
are  plundered. 


(  >8o  J 

ex  insidiis. 


Impedimenta,  19. 
spoliantur. 


The  Sea-Fight. 


CXLII. 


Pugna  Navalis. 


A  Sea-fight 
is  terrible, 
when  huge  Ships, 
like  Castles, 

run  one  upon  another 
with  their  Beaks,  1. 
or  shatter  one  another 
with  their  Ordnance,  2. 
and  so  being  bored  thorow 
they  drink  in 
their  own  Destruction, 
and  are  sunk,  3. 

Or  when  they  are  set  on 
fire  and  either  by  the  firing 
of  Gun-powder,  4. 


Navale  prcelium 
terribile  est, 
quum  ingentes./Vtfzw, 
veluti  Arces, 
concurrunt 
Rostris,  1. 

aut  se  invicem  quassant 
Tormentis,  2. 
atque  ita  perforata, 
imbibunt 
perniciem  suam 
&  submerguntur,  3. 

Aut  quum  igne  corripi- 
untur,  &  vel  ex  incendio 
pulveris  tormentarii,  4. 


(  i8i  ; 


men  are  blown  up  into  the 
air,   or  are  burnt  in   the 
midst  of  the  waters, 
or  else  leaping  into  the 
Sea  are  drowned. 

A  Ship  that  fiieth  away, 
5.  is  overtaken 
by  those  that  pursue  her,  6. 
and  is  taken. 


homines  ejiciuntur  in 
aerem,  vel  exuruntur  in 
mediis  aquis, 
vel  etiam  desilientes  in 
mare,  suffocantur. 

Navis  fugitiva,  5. 
intercipitur 
ab  insequentibus,  6. 
&  capitur. 


CXLIII. 

The  Besieging  of  a  City. 


Obsidium  Urbis. 


A*Cily  that 
is  like  to  endure  a  Siege, 
is  first  summoned 
by  a  Trumpeter,  1. 
and  persuaded  to  yield. 
£  Which  if  it  refuseth  to  do, 
it  is  assaulted  by  the  Be- 
siegers,  and   taken    by 
storm. 

Either  by  climbing  over 
the  walls  with  Scaling-lad- 
ders, 2. 


Urbs 
passura  Obsidionem, 
primum  provocatur 
per  Tubicinem,  1. 
&  invitatur  ad  Depitionem . 

Quod  si  abnuat  facere, 
oppugnatur  ab  Obsidenti- 
bus  &  occupatur. 

Vel  muros  per  Scalas,  2. 
transcendendo, 


f  l82j 


or  breaking  them  down 

with  Battering-engins,  3. 

or  demolishing  them 

with  great  Guns,  4. 

or  breaking  through  the 

Gates  with  a  Petarr,  5. 

or  casting  Granadoes,  6. 

out  of  Mortar-pieces,  7. 

into  the  City, 

by  Engineers,  8. 

(who  lye  behind 

Leagure  baskets,  9.) 

or  overthrowing  it  with 

Mines  by  Pioneers,    10. 

They  that  are  besieged 
defend  themselves 
from  the  Walls,  11. 
with  fire  and  stones,  &c, 
or  break  out  by  force,  12. 

A  City 
that  is  taken  by  Storm 
is  plundered, 
destroyed, 

and  sometimes  laid  even 
with  the  ground. 


aut  diruendo 

Arietibus,  3. 

aut  demoliendo 

Tor mentis,  4. 

vel  dirumpendo 

portas  Exostra,  5.  vel 

ejaculando  Globos  Tormen- 

tarios,  6.  e  Mortariis  (balis- 

tis),  7.  in  Urbem 

per  Balistarios,  8. 

(qui  latitant  post 

Gerras,  9.) 

vel  subvertendo 

Cuniculis  per  Fos sores,   10. 

Obsessi 
defendunt  se 
de  Muris,  1 1. 
ignibus,  lapidibus,  &c. 
aut  erumpunt,  12. 

Urbs 
vi  expugnata, 
diriditur, 
exciditur, 
interdum  equatur 
solo. 


Religion 


Religio. 


Godliness,  i. 
the  Queen  of  Vertues, 
worshippeth  God,  4.  devout- 
ly, the  Knowledge  of  God 
being  drawn  either  from 
the  Book  of  Nature,  2. 
(for  the  work  commendeth 
the  Work-master) 
or  from  the 
Book  of  Scripture,  3. 
she  meditateth  upon  his 
Commandmentscontained 
in  the  Decalogue,  5.  and 
treading  Reason  under 
foot,  that  Barking  Dog,  6. 
she  giveth  Faith,  7. 
and  assent 
to  the  Word  of  God, 
and  calleth  upon  him,  8. 
as  a  Helper  in  adversity. 

Divine  Services 


Pietas,  1 . 

Retina  Virtutum 

colit  Dcum,  4.  hum il iter, 

Notitia  Dei, 
j  hausta  vel  ex 
;  Libro  Naturce,  2. 

(nam  opus  commendat 
!  Artificem) 

vel  ex 

^  Libro  Scriptures,  3. 
irecolit 

Mandata  ejuscompre- 
:hensa  in  Decalogo,  5. 

&  conculcans  Rationem, 

oblatrantem  Canetn,  6. 

praebet  Fidem,  7. 

&  assensum 

Verbo  Dei, 

eumque  invocat,  8.  ut 

Opitulatorem  in  adversis. 
Officia  Divina 


r  is4; 


are  done  in  the  Church,  9. 
in  which  are  the  Quire,  10. 
with  the  Altar,  n. 
the  Vestry,  12. 
the  Pulpit,  13. 
Seats,  14. 
Galleries,  15. 
and  a  ^«/,  16. 

All  men  perceive  that 
there  is  a  God, 
but  all  men  do  not 
rightly  know  God. 

Hence  are  divers  Religions 
whereof  IV.  are  reckoned 
yet  as  the  chief. 


fiunt  in  Templo,  9. 
in  quo  est  Penetrale  (Ady- 
tum, 10.)  cum  Altari,  11. 
Sacrarium,  12. 
Suggestus,  13. 
Subsellia,  14. 
Ambones,  15. 
&  Baptisterium,  16. 

Omnes  homines  senti- 
unt  esse  Deum, 
sed  non  omnes 
recte  ndrunt  Deum. 

Hinc  diversae  Religiones 
quarum  IV.  numerantur 
adhuc  primariae. 


Gentilism. 


CXLV. 


Gentilimus. 


The  Gentiles  feigned 
to  themselves  near  upon 
XI I M.  Deities. 

The  chief  of  them  were 
Jupiter,  1.  President,  and 
petty- God  of  Heaven]; 


Gentiles  finxerunt 
sibi  prope 
XI IM.  Numina. 

Eorum  prsecipua  erant 
Jupiter,  1 .  Prceses  & 
Deaster  cceli  ; 


(  **s ) 


Neptune,  i.  of  the  Sea  ; 
Pluto,  3.  of  Hell; 
Mars,  4.  of  War ; 
Apollo,  5.  of  Arts  ; 
Mercury,  6.  of  Thieves, 
Merchants, 
and  Eloquence; 
Vulcan,  {Mulciber) 
of  Fire  and  Smiths ; 
s£olus.  of  Winds : 
and  the  most  obscene  of 
all  the  rest,  Priapus. 

They  had  also 
Womanly  Deities : 
such  as  were  Venus,  7. 
the  Goddess  of  Loves, 
and  Pleasures,  with 
her  little  son  Cupid,  8. 
Minerva  {Pallas),  with 
the  nine  Muses  of  Arts ; 
Juno,  of  Riches  and  Wed- 
dings;   Vesta,  of  Chastity; 
Ceres,  of  Corn  ; 
Diana,  of  Hunting, 
and  Fortune; 
and  besides  these  Morbona, 
and  Febris  her  self. 

The  Egyptians, 
instead  of  God 
worshipped  all  sorts 
of  Beasts  and  Plants, 
and  whatsoever  they  saw 
first  in  the  morning. 

The  Philistines  offered 
to  Moloch,^),  their  Children 
to  be  burnt  alive, 

The  Indians,  10.  even  to 
this  day,  worship  the 
Devil,  1 1 . 


Neptunus,  2.  Maris; 
Pluto,  3.  Inferni ; 
Mars,  4.  Belli ; 
Apollo,  5.  Artium  ; 
Mercurius,  6.  Furum, 
Mercatorum, 
&  Eloquentiae ; 
Vulcanus  {Mulciber), 
Ignis  &  Fabrorum; 
jFolus,  Ventorum  ; 
&  obscaenissimus, 
Priapus. 

Habuerant  etiam 
Muliebria  Numina: 
qualia  fuerunt  Venus,  7. 
Dea  Amorum, 
&  Voluptatum,  cum 
filiolo  Cupidine,  8. 
Minerva  {Pallas),  cum 
novem  Afusis  Artium  ; 
Juno,  Divitiarum  &Nup- 
tiarum  ;    Vesta,  Castitatis  ; 
Ceres,  Frumentorum  ; 
Diana,  Venationum; 
&  Fortuna  : 
quin  &  Morbona, 
ac  Febris  ipsa. 

sFgyptii, 
pro  Deo 

colebant  omne  genus 
Animalium  &  Plantarum, 
&  quicquid  conspicieban- 
tur  primum  mane. 

Philistcei  offerebant 
Molocho  {Saturno),  9.  In- 
fantes cremandos  vivos. 

Indi,  10.  etiamnum 
venerantur 
Cacodamona,   1 1 . 


Judaism 


Judaismus. 


Yet  the  true  Worship 
of  the  true  God, 
remained  with  the  Patri- 
archs, who  lived  before 
and  after  the  Flood. 

Amongst  these, 
that  Seed  of  the  Woman, 
the  Messias  of  the  World, 
was  promised  to  Abraham, 
i.  the  Founder  of  the  J^eivs, 
the  Father  of  them  that 
believe:  and  he  (being 
called  away  from  the  Gen- 
tiles) with  his  Posterity, 
being  marked  with  the  Sac- 
rament of  Circumcision,  2. 
made  a  peculiar  people, 
and  Church  of  God. 

Afterwards  God 
gave  his  Law,  written 
with  his  own  Finger 
in  Tables  of  Stone,  5. 
to  this  people 


Verus  tamem  Cultus 
veri  Dei, 

remansitapud  Patriarchas, 
qui  vixerunt  ante 
&  post  Diluvium. 

Inter  hos, 
Semen  illud  Mulieris, 
Messias  Mundi, 
promissus  est  Abrahamo.  1. 
Conditori  Judaorum, 
Patri  credentium  : 
&  ipse (avocatus 
a  Gentilibus) 
cum  Posteris, 
notatus  Sacra- 
mento Circumcisionis,  2. 
constitutus  singularis 
populus,  &  Ecclesia  Dei. 

Postea  Deus 
exhibuit  Legem  suam, 
scriptam  Digito  suo 
in  Tabu/is  Lapideis,  5. 
huic  Populo 


( »87 ; 


by  Moses,  3. 

in  Mount  Sinai,  4. 

Furthermore, he  ordained 
the  eating-  the  Paschal 
Lamb,  6.  and  Sacrifices  to 
be  offered  upon  an  Attar,  7. 
by  Priests,  8. 
and  Incense,  9.  and  com- 
manded a  Tabernacle,  10. 
with  the  Ark  of  the  Cov- 
enant, 11.  to  be  made: 
and  besides, 
a  brazen  Serpent,  1 2 . 
to  be  set  up  against  the 
biting  ot  Serpents  in  the 
Wilderness. 

All  which  things 
were  Types  of  the  Messias 
to  come,  whom 
the  Jews  yet  look  for. 


per  Mo  sen,  3. 

in  Monte  Sinai,  4. 

Porro  ordinavit 
manducationem  Agni Pas- 
chalis,  6.  &  Sacrificia 
offerenda  in  Attari,  7. 
per  Sacerdotes,  8. 
&  Suffitus,  9.  &  jussit 
Tabernaculuni,   1  o. 
cum  Area  Foederis, 
1 1.   fieri  : 
prseterea, 

ceneum  Serpcntem,  12. 
erigi  contra 
morsum  Serpentum  in 
Deserto. 

Qua)  omnia 
Typi  erant  Messice 
venturi,  quern 
"Judtzi  ad  hue  expectant. 


Christianity. 


CXLVII. 


Christianismus. 


The  only  begotten  eter- j      Unigeuiius  aeiemus 
nal  Son  of  God,  3.  |  Dei  Filius,  3. 


( 1 88; 


being  promised  to 
our  first  Parents  in  Para- 
dise, at  the  last  being  con- 
ceived by  the  Holy  Ghost, 
in  the  most  Holy  Womb 
of  the  Virgin  Mary,  i.  of 
the  royal  house  of  David 
and  clad  with  humane 
flesh,  came  into  the  World 
at  Bethlehem  of  Judcea, 
in  the  extream  poverty 
of  a  Stable,  2. 
in  the  fullness  of  time, 
in  the  year  of  the  world 
3970,  but  pure  from  all  sin, 
and  the  name  of  Jesus 
was  given  him, 
which  signifieth  a  Saviour. 
When  he  was  sprinkled 
with  holy  Baptism,  4. 
(the  Sacrament 
of  the  new  Covenant) 
by  John  his  Forerunner,;, 
in  Jordan, 

the  most  sacred  Mystery 
of  the  divine  Trinity, 
appear'd  by  the  Father's 
voice,  6.  (whereby  he  testi- 
fied that  this  was  his  Son) 
and  the  Holy  Ghost  in  the 
shape  of  a  Dove,  7.  coming 
down  from  Heaven. 

From  that  time,  being 
the  30th  year  of  his  Age, 
unto  the  fourth  year,  he 
declared  who  he  was,  his 
words  and  works  manifest- 
ing his  Divinity,  being 
neither  owned,  nor  enter- 
tained by  the  ^<?zw,because 
ofhis  voluntary  poverty. 


promissus 

Protoplastis  in  Paradiso, 
tandem  con- 

ceptus  per  Sanctum  Spirit- 
urn  in  sanctissimo  utero 
Virginis  Marice,  1 . 
de  do  mo  regia  Davidis, 
&  indutus  humana 
carne,  prodiit  in  mundura 
Bethlehemoz  Judced, 
in  summa  paupertate 
Stabuli,  2. 
impleto  tempore, 
Anno  Mundi  3970, 
sed  mundus  ab  omni  pec- 
cato  &  nomen  Jesu 
impositum  fuit  ei, 
quod  significat  Salvatorem. 
Hie,  cum  imbueretur 
sacro  Baptismo,  4. 
{Sacramento 
novi  Foederis) 

a  Johanne  praecursore  suo, 
5.  in  Jordane  apparuit 
sacratissimum  Mysterium 
Divinae  Trinitatis, 
Patris 

voce,  6.  (qua  testabatur 
hunc  esse  Filium  suum) 
&  Spiritu  sane  to 
in  specie  Columbce,  7. 
delabente  coelitus. 
Ab  eo  tempore, 
tricesimoanno  aetatis  suae, 
usque  an  annum  quartum, 
declaravit  quis  esset, 
verbis  &  operibus  prae  se 
ferentibus  Divinitatem, 
necagnitus,  nee  acceptus 
a  Judozis,  ob 
voluntariam  pauperatem. 


(  1 89  ) 


He  was  at  last  taken  by 
these  (when  he  had  first 
instituted  the  Mystical  Sup- 
per, 8.  of  his  Body  and  Blood 
for  a  Seal 

of  the  new  Covenant  and  the 
remembrance  of  himself) 
carried  to  the  Judgment- 
seat  of  Pilate, 
Governour  under  Ccesar, 
accused  and  condemned 
as  an  innocent  Lamb ;  and 
being  fastned  upon  a  Cross, 
9.  he  dyed,  being 
sacrificed  upon  the  Altar 
for  the  sins  of  the  World. 

But  when  he  had  revived 
by  his  Divine  Power,  he 
rose  again  the  third  day 
out  of  the  Grave,  10. 
and  forty  days  after 
being  taken  up 
from  Mount  Olivet,  11, 
into  Heaven,  1  2. 
and  returning  thither 
whence  he  came, 
he  vanished  as  it  were, 
while  the  Apostles,   13. 
gazed  upon  him, 
to  whom  he  sent 
his  Holy  Spirit,  14. 
from  Heaven,  the  tenth  day 
after  his  Ascension, 
and  them,  (being 
filled  with  his  power) 
into  the  World 
to  preach  of  him; 
being  henceforth  to  come 
again  to  the  last  Judgment, 
sitting  in  the  mean  time 


Captus  tandem  ab 
his  (quum  prius  in- 
stituisset  Coenam  Mysticamy 
8.  Corporis  &  Sanguinis  sut\ 
in  Sigillum 
novi  Foederis,  & 
sui  recordationem) 
rapt  us  ad  Tribunal 
Pilati, 

Praefecti  Ccesarei, 
accusatus  &  damnatus  est 
Agnus  innocentissimus ; 
actusque  in  Crucem,  9. 
mortem  subiit, 
immolatus  in  ara 
pro  peccatis  mundi. 

Sed  quum  revixisset 
Divina  sua  Virtute, 
resurrexit  tertia  die 
h  Sepulchro,  10. 
&  post  dies  XL. 
sublatus 

de  Monte  Olive ti,  1  1. 
in  Ccelum,    12. 
&  eo  rediens 
unde  venerat, 
quasi  evanuit, 
Apos  tolls,  13. 
aspectantibus, 
quibus  misit 
Spiritum  Sanctum,  14. 
de  Cwlo,  decima 
die  post  Ascensum, 
ipsos  vero,  (hac 
virtute  impletos) 
in  Mundum 
pra^dicaturos  ; 
olim  rediturus 
ad  Judicium  extremumy 
jinterea  sedens 


(  *9°  ) 


at  the  right  hand 
of  the  Father, 
and  interceding  for  us. 
From  this  Christ  we 
are  called  Christians,  and 
are  saved  in  him  alone. 


ad  dextram 

Patris, 

&  intercedens  pro  nobis. 

Ab  hoc  Christ o 
dicimur  Christiani, 
inque  eo  solo  salvamur. 


Mahometism. 


CXLVIIf. 


Mahometismus. 


Ma/wmet,  i. 
a  warlike  Man, 
invented  to  himself 
a  new  Religion, 
mixed  with  Judaism, 
Christianity  and  Gentilism, 
by  the  advice  of  a  Jew,   2. 
and  an  Arian  Monk,  3. 
named  Sergius  ;   f e  i  g  n  i  n  g, 
whilst  he  had  the  Fit  of 
the  Falling-sickness, 
that  the  Archangel  Gabriel 
and  the  Holy  Ghost, 
talked  with  him, 


Mahomet,  1 . 
Homo  bellator, 
excogitabat  sibi 
novam  Religionem, 
mixtam  ex  Judaismo, 
Christianismo  &   Gentilismo, 
consilio  J  it  doe  i,  2. 
&  Monachi  Ariani,  3. 
nomine  Sergii  ;  fin  gens, 
dura  laboraret  Epilepsia, 

A  rch  a  ngclu  m  Ga  briclem , 
&  Spiritum  Sanctum, 
secum  colloqui, 


(w) 


using  a  Pigeon,  4. 
to  fetch  Meat 
out  of  his  Ear. 

His  Followers 
refrain  themselves 
from  Wine; 
are  circumcised, 
have  many  Wives; 
build  Chapels,  5. 
from  the  Steeples  whereof, 
they  are  called  to  Holy 
Service  not  by  Bells, 
but  bv  a  Priest,  6.  they 
wash  themselves  often,  7. 
they  deny  the  Holy  Trinity: 
they  honour  Christ, 
not  as  the  Son  of  God, 
but  as  a  great  Prophet, 
yet  less  than  Mahomet ; 
they  call  their  Law, 
the  Alchoran. 


adsuefaciens  Columbam,  4. 
petere  Escam 
ex  Aure  sua. 
As  sec  Ice  ejus 
abstinent  se 
a  Vino  ; 

circumciduntur, 
sunt  Poly  garni  ; 
exstruunt  Sacella,  5. 
de  quorum  Turriculis, 
convocantur  ad  sacra 
non  a  Campanis, 
sed  a  Sac er dote,  6. 
saepius  se  abluunt,  7. 
negant  SS.  Trinitatem  : 
Christum  honorant, 
non  ut  Dei  Filium, 
sed  ut  magnum  Prophetam, 
minorem  tamen  Mahomete; 
Legem  suam  vocant 
Alcoran. 


Gods  Providence. 


CXLIX. 


Providentia  Dei. 


Mens  States 


Humana)  Surtes 


r»9 

are  not  to  be  attributed 
to  Fortune  or  Chance, 
or  the  Influence  of  the  Stars, 
{Comets,  1. 

indeed  are  wont  to  por- 
tend no  good) 
but  to  the  provident 
Eye  of  God,  2. 
and  to  his  governing  Ha?id, 
3.  even  our  Sights, 
or  Oversights, 
or  even  our  Faults. 

God  hath  his  Ministers 
and  Angels,  4. 

who  accompany  a  Man,  5. 
from  his  birth, 
as  Guardians, 
against  wicked  Spirits, 
or  the  Devil,  6. 
who  every  minute 
layeth  wait  for  him, 
to  tempt 
and  vex  him. 

Wo  to  the  mad 
Wizzards  and  Witches 
who  give  themselves  to 
the  Devil, 

(being  inclosed  in  a  Cir- 
cle, 7.  calling  upon  him 
with  Charms) 
they  dally  with  him, 
and  fall  from  God  ! 
for  they  shall  receive  their 
reward  with  him. 


2) 

non  tribuendae  sunt 

Fortunes  aut  Casui, 

aut  Influxui  Siderum, 

{Cometoz,  1. 

quidem  solent  nihil  boni 

portendere) 

sed  provido 

Dei  Oculo,  2. 

&  ejusdem  Manui  rectrici,$. 

etiam  nostrae  Prudentice, 

vel  Imprudentioz, 

vel  etiam  Noxoz. 

Deus  habet  Ministros 
suos,  &  Angelos,  4. 
qui  associant  se  Homini,^. 
a  nativitate  ejus, 
ut  Custodes, 

contra  malignos  Spiritus, 
seu  Diabolum,  6. 
qui  minutatim 
struit  insidias  ei, 
ad  tentandum 
vel  vexandum. 

Vae  dementibus 
Magis  &  Lamiis 
qui  Cacodaemoni  se 
dedunt 

(inclusi  Circulo,  7. 
eum  advocantes 
Incantamentis) 
curn  eo  colludunt 
&  a  Deo  deficiunt ! 
nam  cum  illo 
mercedem  accipient. 


(  »93  ) 
The  Last  Judgment.        CL.        Judicium  extremum. 


For  the  last  day 
shall  come 

which  shall   raise  up  the 
Dead.  2.  with  the  sound  of 
a  Trumpet,  1.  and  summon 
the  Quick  with  them 
to  the  Judgment-seat 
of  Christ  Jesus,  3. 
(appearing  in  the  Clouds) 
to  give  an  Account 
of  all  things  done. 

When  the  Godly  &  Elect,^. 
shall  enter  into  life  eter- 
nal into  the  place  of  Bliss, 
and  the  new  Hierusalem,  5. 

But  the  Wicked 
and  the  damned,  6. 
shall  be  thrust  into  Bell,Z. 
with  the  Devils,  7.  to  be 
there  tormented  for  ever. 


Nam  dies  novissitna 
veniet, 

quae  resuscitabit  Mortu- 
os,  2.  voce  Tuba,  1. 
&  citabit  Vivos, 
cum  ill  is 
ad  Tribunal 
Jesu  Christi,  3. 
(apparentis  in  Nubibus) 
ad  reddendam  rationem 
omnium  actorum. 

Ubi/zV  (justi)  klilecti,  4. 
introibunt  in  vitam  aeter- 
nam,in  locum  Beatitudinis 
&  novum  Hierosolymam,  5. 

Impii  vero. 
&  damnati,  6. 
cum  Cacodcemonibus,  7.  in 
Gehennum,  8.  detrudentur. 
ibi  cruciandi  aeternum. 


The  Close. 


Clausula. 


Thus  thou  hast  seen  in 
short,  all  things 
that  can  be  shewed, 
and  hast  learned 
the  chief  Words 
of  the  English  and  Latin 
To?igue. 

Go  on  now 
and  read  other  good  Books 
diligently, 

and  thou  shalt  become 
learned,  wise,  and  godly. 

Remember  these  things; 
fear  God,  and  call  upon 
him,  that  he  may  bestow 
upon  thee 
the  Spirit  of  Wisdom. 

Farewell. 


Ita  vidisti  summatim 
res  omnes 

quae  poterunt  ostendi, 
&  didicisti 
Voces  primarias 
Anglicaz  &  Latinoz 
Linguce. 

Perge  nunc 
&  lege  diligenter  alias 
bonos  Libros, 
ut  fias 
doc  tits,  sapiens,  Sipius. 

Memento  horum  ; 
Deum  time,  &  invoca 
eum,  ut  largiatur 
tibi 
Spirt  turn  Sapi entice. 

Vale. 


INDEX     TITULORUM. 


Cap. 

I41 

6 

46 

33 

43 

19 

7 

'3 
119 

128 

91 

99 

52 
24 
22 


74 
95 
94 

4i 

39 

40 

140 

H7 

4 

53 

55 

'35 

44' 

2 
96 


A.  Pag. 

A  cies&  Praelium  178 
^  Aer  10 

Agricultura  58 

Amphibia  40 

Animi  hominis  54 
Animalia  &  primum 

Aves  24 

Aqua  12 

Arbor  17 

Arbor  Consanguin- 

itatis  150 

Ars  Medica  163 

Ars  Scriptoria  1 12 
Artes  Sermonis  121 
Aucupium  65 

Aves  Aquaticae  30 
Aves  Campestres  & 

Sylvestres  28 

Aves  Domestical  25 
Aves  Rapaces  29 

B. 
r>alneum  91 

Bibilopegus       117 
Bibliopolium  116 

C. 

r^anales  &  Ossa       50 
Caput  &  Mar.us  47 
Caro  &  Viscera         49 
Castra  177 

Christianismus  187 
Coelum  7 

Convivium  72 

Coquinaria  68 

Cursus  Certamina  171 

D. 
p\eformes  &  Mon- 


strosi 
Deus 
Domus 


E. 

106  "pclipses  131 

S^  Eques  102 

76  Equile  194 
109  Ethica  36 
108  Europa                     134 

F. 
68     "paber  Ferrarius      85 

63  Faber  lignarius  79 

64  Faber  murarius  80 
30  Ferae  Bestiae  36 
29  Ferae  Pecudes  35 
70  Figulus  87 
15  Flores  20 
113  Fortitudo  141 
14     Fructus  Arborum     18 

17  Fruges  22 

18  Frutices  23 

G. 

145  /^entilismus  184 
102          Geometria         126 

H. 
36     pjomo  43 

77  Horologia  95 
45     Hortorum  cultura   56 

115  Humanitas  144 
72     Hypocaustum  cum 

Dormitorio  89 

I. 
5       Jgnis  8 

32  Insecta  repentia  38 

25     Insecta  volantia       31 
100  Instrumenta  Musica 
123 

123  Interiora  Urbis       156 
Invitatio  1 

146  Judaismus  186 

124  Judicium  157 
150  Jud'm  extremum  193 
28     Jumenta  34 

116  Justitia  145 


INDEX    TITULORUM. 


L. 

P. 

1  2 

T  apides 
Lanionia 

15 

132 

palaestra                  168 

54 

67 

5° 

Panificium           63 

96 

Liber 

118 

92 

Papyrus                    113 

117 

Liberalitas 

147 

71 

Partes  Domus           88 

61 

Lintea 

76 

114 

Patientia                   142 

»34 

Ludus  Aleae 

170 

27 

Pecora                        33 

136 

Ludi  pueriles 

172 

47 

Pecuaria                     59 

1 33 

Ludus  Pilae 

169 

i°5 

Phases  Lunae          130 

130 

Ludus  Scenicus 

166 

101 

78 

Philosophia             125 
Pictura                        96 

M. 

51 

Piscatio                       64 

6S 

X/fachinae 

Mahometismi 

81 

34 

Pisces  Fluviatiles    41 

148 

is 

104 

Planet.  Aspectus    129 

190 

131 

Praestigiae                 167 

35 

Marinae  Pisces  & 

149 

Providentia  Dei     191 

Conchas 

42 

1 10 

Prudentia                 137 

48 

Mellificium 

61 

142 

Pugna  Navalis        180 

38 

Membra  Hominis 

Ex- 

73 

Putei                           90 

terna 

45 

Q. 

127 

Mensurae  &  Pondera 

l62 

26 

/"vuadrupedia  hpri- 
s^  mum  Domestica  32 
R. 

1 26 

Mercatura 

161 

67 

Metallifodina 

84 

1 1 

Metalla 

15 

138 

"Degia  Majestas     174 

1 39 

Miles 

176 

137 

Regnum  &  Regio 

49 

3 
98 

Molitura 

62 

I73 

Mundus 

6 

144 

Religio                      183 

Museum 

1  20 

81 

Restio  &  Lorarius  99 

62 

Cartor                         77 
Schola                  119 

N. 

97 

r7 

XTatats 

Naufragium 

107 

69 

Scriniarius  &  Torna- 

90 

in 

tor                             86 

88 

Navis  actuaria 

108 

1 1 1 

Sedulitas                   139 

89 

Navis  oneraria 

109 

42 

Sensus  externi  &  in- 

8 

Nubes 

O. 

12 

37 

terni                         52 
Septum  iEtat.   Hom- 
inis                          44 

H3 

/^\bsidium  Urbis 
w   Olera 

181 

129 

Sepultura                  165 

16 

21 

3i 

Serpentes  &  Reptilia 

21 

Oscines 

27 

37 

INDEX     TITULORUM. 


118  Societas  Conjugalis 

144 
121  Societas  Herilis  153 
120  Soc'tas  Parentalis  152 
79     Specularia  97 

103  Sphaera  coelestis  127 
107  Sphaera  terrestris  132 
125  Supplicia  Malefici- 

orum  159 

63     Sutor  78 

T. 
ii2  "pemperantia  140 

9  Terra  13 

10  Terrae  foetus  14 
60     Textura                      75 


75 

Tonstrina 

93 

59 

Tractio  Lini 

74 

86 

Transitus  Aqua'm 

106 

93 

Typographia 
V. 

114 

85 

■yectura 
Vehicula 

105 

84 

103 

53 

Venatus 

66 

82 

Viator 

100 

80 

Vietor 

98 

56 

Vindemia 

70 

122 

Urbs 

Z. 

144 

57 

T'ythopoeia 

7i 

An   Index  of  the  Titles. 


Chap.  A.  Page. 

37     'T'he  Seven  Ages  of 

Man  44 

6        The  Air  10 

^     Amphibious  Creatures 

40 
105    The  Apparitions  of  the 
Moon  1  3  o 

141    The  Army  and  the 

Fight  178 

99     Arts  belonging  to  Speech 
1  21 
1 04   The  Aspects  of  the  Pla- 
nets 129 
B. 

74  ^The  Bath  91 

75  The  Barbers  Shop  93 
28  Labouring  Beasts  34 
30      Wild  Beasts  36 


1 43    The  Besieging  of  a  City 

181 

19     Birds  24 

22  Birds   that  live   in  the 

Fields  and  Woods  28 

23  Ravenous  Birds  29 
21  Singing  Birds  27 
41      The  Chattels  and  Bones 

5° 
96     A  Book  118 

95      The  Book-binder       1  1 7 
94      The   Book-sellers    Shop 
116 
69      The  Box-maker  86 

126  Boys  Sports  172 

50     Bread-baking  63 

5  7     B  reiving  7  1 

1  29  A  Burial  165 

54     Butchery  6j 


AN    INDEX    OF    THE    TITLES. 


103   rTyhe    Celestial   Sphere 

127 

140    The  Camp  177 

84  Carriages  103 

85  Carrying  to  and  fro  105 
63  The  Carpenter  79 
27  Herd-Cattle  33 
29  Wild-Cattle  35 
41      77z£  Chattels  and  Bones 

5o 
147   Christianity  187 

123  ^  CV/y  154 

143    The  Besieging  of  a  City 
181 
123    The  Inward  parts  of  a 
City  1 5  6 

The  Close  194 

8        The  Clouds  12 

1 1 9  77/ ^  7V<?£  <?_/  Consan- 
guinity 150 
55  Cookery  68 
80  77/ <?  Cooper  98 
8r  The  Cord-wainer  99 
1 7      Ctfr;z  2  2 

32  Crawling  Vermin        38 

33  Creatures  that   live    as 

well   by  water   as  by 

land  40 

31      Creeping  things  t>7 

D. 

44  T\eformed  and   mon- 

strous People       55 
77     Dials  95 

134  Dice -pi ay  170 

1 1 1   Diligence  1 39 

45  77/^  Dressing  of  Gar- 

dens 5  6 


E. 

9        np//<?  Earth  13 

106           The  Eclipses  131 

65     Engines  81 

108  Europe  134 

F. 

58       A    Feast  72 

132  77/^  Fencing-School 

168 
5       77/r  8 

5 1      Fishing  64 

34  River -fish     atid    Fond- 

fish  4 1 

35  Sea- fish  and  Shell- fish 

43 
40      77/<?  Flesh  and  Bowels . 

49 
t  5     Flowers  20 

2  5     Flying  Vermin  3 1 

113  Fortitude  141 

26     Four   footed    Beasts 

about  the  House       32 
5  2     Fowling  6  5 

20      Tame-Fotvl  25 

24      Water- Fowl  30 

io      77^  Fruits  of  the  Earth 

*4 

1 4     Fruits  of  Trees  1 8 

G. 

88  A    GW/Vj'  108 

145           Gentilism  184 

102  Geometry  126 

2  GW  5 

1 49  God's  Providence       1 9 1 

47  Grasing  59 

49  Grinding  62 

H. 

'TV/i?    Head    and    the 

47 


39 


Hands 
16     Pot-herbs 


AN    INDEX    OF    THE    TITLES. 


27  Herd-Cattle                  33 

4  Heaven                            7 

48  The  making  of  Honev 

6 1 

83  T//e  Horseman         102 

66  ^4  House                      82 

71  77/!?  parts  of  a  House 


ll5 

53 

46 

Humanity 

Hunting 

Husbandry 

I. 

"phe  Invitation 

Musical  Ins  rum 

144 
66 
58 

1 

100 

ents 

146  Judaism 

124  Judgment 

1 5  0    7//<?  /# .$•/  Judgment 

116   Justice 

K. 

123 
186 
157 
*93 
145 

x37 

HT/ie    kingdom    and 

Region 

173 

L. 

28 

117 

•9 

T  abouring  Beasts 

Liberality 
Living  Creatures 

34 

147 
24 

59 
61 

The  dressing  of  Lint 
Linen  Cloaths 

'  74 
76 

79 

Looking-glasses 
M. 

97 

148 

\Jahometism 

Kingly  Majesty 

190 

■38 

36 

37 

'74 
Man                              43 

The  Seven  Ages  of  Man 

38 
64 

The  outivard  parts  oj 
Man 
The  Afason 

.44 
a 

45 
'bo 

127  Measures  and  Weights 

162 
126  Merchandizing  161 

89  A  Merchant  Ship  109 
1 1  Metals  1 5 
6  j  A  Mine  84 
105    The  Apparitions  of  the 

Moon  1  3  7 

109  Moral  Philosophy     136 

1 00  Musical  Insfments   123 

P. 

92  "Daper  1  1 3 
1 6           Passage  over  Waters 

106 
1  14  Patience  142 

10 1  Philosophy  125 
109  Moral  Philosophy     136; 

128  Physick  163 
78  The  Picture  96 
34  Pond- fish  41 
1 6  Pot-herbs  2 1 
70      77/<f  itafcr                   87 

93  Printing  1 14 
1 49  God's  Providence  1 9 1 
no  Prudence  1 3 7 

R. 

135  R<w«  171 

23  Ravenous  Birds  29 

144  Religion  183 

34     River- fish  41 

81      77/ ^  Roper  99 

1  38  Regal  Majesty  1 74 

S. 
97      A    School  119 

142  The  Sea-fight     180 

3  5     Sea- fish  and  Shell-fish  4  2 
42      77*£   outward  and    in- 
ward Senses  5  2 
3 1      Serpents                        3  7 

90  Shipwreck  in 


AN    INDEX    OF    THE    TITLES. 


63 

18 
21 
121 
Il8 


43 

*39 

68 


The  Shoe-maker         78 
Shrubs  23 

Singing  Birds  27 

Sleights  167 

The  Society  betwixt  Man 
and  Wife  148 

The  Society  betwixt  Pa- 
rents and  Children  152 
The  Society  betwixt  Ma- 
ster and  Servant  153 
The  Soul  of  Man 
The  Souldier 
The  Black-smith 


136  Boys  Sports 


54 
176 

85 
172 


1 03    The  Celestial  Sphere  127 

107    The    Terrestial  Sphere 

132 

99     Arts  belonging  to  Speech 

121 

j  6      The  Stable  94 

130  A  Stage -play  166 

1 2     Stones  1 6 

7  2      7/$<?  *SV<?z^  7f///^  ///<?  Bed- 

roo?n  8  9 

98      The  Study  120 


62 
182 

*33 
107 

125 

82 

'3 

69 

25 
32 
56 

7 
60 

73 
29 

3° 

3 

91 


Swimming  107 

T. 
np//<?  Taylor  77 

Temperance         140 
Tennis  play  1 69 

77^  Terrestial  Sphere 
132 
77^  Torments  of  Male- 
factors 
The  Travellor 
A  Tree 
The  Turner 

U. 
T?lying  Vermin  3 1 

Crawling  Vermin  38 


*59 

1 00 

17 
86 


The  Vintage 

W. 
nr/*<?  Water 
Weaving 
Wells 

Wild  Cattle 
Wild  Beasts 
The  World 
Writing 


70 

1 1 

75 
90 

35 

36 

6 

J12 


Trinuni  Deo  Gloria. 


FINIS. 


71 


THE  LIBRARY 

University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

305  De  Neve  Drive  -  Parking  Lot  17  •  Box  951388 

LOS  ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA  90095-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library  from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


TE 


3   1205  00190  0842 


il 


(7 


A/V      000  051  574   2 


ssssiSsSsSsSSss 


SPSSSSSSsm'SSS 


Univen 

Sout 

Lib 


